Pyrazinooxazepine derivatives

ABSTRACT

Provided is a compound having a serotonin 5-HT 2C  receptor activating action. 
     A compound represented by the formula (I 0 ): 
                         
wherein each symbol is as defined in the specification, or a salt thereof.

This is a divisional of Ser. No. 12/814,692, filed Jun. 14, 2010.

TECHNICAL FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to a pyrazinooxazepine derivative having asuperior serotonin 5-HT_(2C) receptor activating action and useful as anagent for the prophylaxis or treatment of a lower urinary tract symptom,obesity and/or organ prolapse etc., and the like.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

Serotonin 5-HT_(2C) receptor is one of the receptors of the biologicaltransmitter serotonin, which is distributed mainly in the centralnervous system and controls many physiological functions in vivo. Arepresentative example is the control of appetite. It has beendemonstrated in a study using rodents that stimulation of the centralserotonin 5-HT_(2C) receptor decreases eating behavior, resulting indecreased body weight. It has also been reported that, in human as well,administration of a serotonin 5-HT_(2C) receptor activator suppressesappetite and decreases body weight (see non-patent document 1). Inaddition, it has been demonstrated in a rat test using a serotonin5-HT_(2C) receptor activator that stimulation of the central serotonin5-HT_(2C) receptor suppresses depression-related behaviors (seenon-patent document 2), and has also been reported to be effective formany central nervous diseases such as anxiety etc. (see non-patentdocument 3). The serotonin 5-HT_(2C) receptor is also highly expressedin the parasympathetic nucleus and motor neurons in the sacral spinalcord, and is considered to control the peripheral nervous functions (seenon-patent document 4). It has been reported that when a serotonin5-HT_(2C) receptor activator is administered to rats, penile erection isinduced (see non-patent document 5), and urethral resistance isincreased (see patent document 1); all these actions are attributed tostimulation of the serotonin 5-HT_(2C) receptor in the sacral spinalcord. For serotonin 5-HT_(2C) receptor activators, many clinicalapplications are likely, with particular expectations for anti-obesitydrugs, anti-depressants, anti-anxiety drugs, therapeutic drugs for maleerectile dysfunction, and therapeutic drugs for stress urinaryincontinence and the like.

In addition, a serotonin 5-HT_(2C) receptor activator is useful as adrug for the prophylaxis or treatment of diseases caused by prolapse oforgan from the normal position due to weakening of pelvic floor muscles,for example, organ prolapse (e.g., pelvic organ prolapse, genitalprolapse, uterine prolapse, bladder prolapse, rectal prolapse, urethralprolapse, urethral hypermobility, enteroceles, rectoceles, cystoceles,laceration of perineal body, pelvic floor hernia etc.) (see, forexample, patent document 2).

“Pelvic organ prolapse” is a disease wherein the anterior wall of thevagina, the posterior wall of the vagina, the uterus, the vaginal stumpafter hysterectomy or the urinary bladder descends and protrudes beyondthe vaginal orifice, and further, rectal prolapse is characterized bythe symptom of descent and protrusion from the anal area of the rectal.In addition, cystoceles and enteroceles are diseases wherein bladder andsmall intestine descend and protrude beyond the vaginal orifice (see,for example, non-patent document 6 and non-patent document 7). Suchdescent becomes conspicuous when abdominal pressure rises transiently asa result of straining or bearing a heavy load and the like. Thesediseases are prevalent in females, with childbirth, aging, and obesitybeing known as risk factors, and one of suggested causes thereof is theweakening of the pelvic floor muscles, fascias and perivisceralconnective tissue that support pelvic organs including the bladder andthe like. The pelvic floor muscles are skeletal muscles that unite withthe pelvis in a hammock-like way, serving constantly to maintain somecontraction and support the organs in the pelvis from below. In pelvicorgan prolapse, rectal prolapse, cystoceles and enteroceles, organweights reportedly become unendurable because of the weakening of thesepelvic floor muscles, resulting in the descent of the pelvic organs andthe rectum (see, for example, non-patent document 6 and non-patentdocument 7); it is thought that when abdominal pressure risesparticularly, the increased pressure becomes unendurable and theprotrusion becomes more conspicuous. On the other hand, it has beenreported that when abdominal pressure rises, the urinary bladder iscompressed, reflex via the urinary bladder—spinal cord—pelvic floormuscles and the urethra causes the pelvic floor muscles and the urethralsphincter to contract to increase urethral internal pressure, wherebyurinary incontinence is prevented (see, for example, non-patent document8). Similarly, upon a rise in abdominal pressure, the pelvic floormuscles contract reflexly to prevent not only urinary incontinence, butalso the descent of the pelvic organs including bladder, small intestine(see, for example, patent document 2). When there is a disorder in thisreflex pathway or the pelvic floor muscles, sufficient contraction ofthe pelvic floor muscles cannot be obtained and support for the pelvicorgans including bladder, small intestine becomes inadequate. Organprolapse is a disease wherein the pelvic floor organs (urinary tract,bladder, uterus, small intestine, rectal and the like) and the likeprotrude from the vaginal orifice or rectal orifice to the outside dueto the insufficient contractile strength of the pelvic floor muscles.Organ prolapse includes the forms of rectal prolapse, uterine prolapse,urethral prolapse, cystoceles, enteroceles and the like depending on thekind of the protruded organ.

A condensed heterocyclic compound having a serotonin 5-HT_(2C) receptoractivating action is known (see, for example, patent documents 3 and 4).In addition, it is known that compounds that bind to the serotonin5-HT_(2C) receptor are useful in the treatment of stress urinaryincontinence and the like (e.g., see patent documents 5-9).

Moreover, condensed heterocyclic compounds such as benzodiazepinecompounds, pyridooxazepine compounds and the like are also known (see,for example, patent documents 10 and 11).

PRIOR ART Patent Documents

-   patent document 1: WO04/096196-   patent document 2: WO07/132841-   patent document 3: WO02/040457-   patent document 4: WO08/108445-   patent document 5: WO02/083863-   patent document 6: WO03/097636-   patent document 7: WO04/000829-   patent document 8: WO04/000830-   patent document 9: WO02/008178-   patent document 10: WO04/067008-   patent document 11: JP-A-2006-056881

Non-Patent Documents

-   non-patent document 1: Expert Opinion on Investigational Drugs,    2006, vol. 15, p. 257-266-   non-patent document 2: J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 1998, vol. 286, p.    913-924-   non-patent document 3: Pharmacology Biochemistry Behavior, 2002,    vol. 71, p. 533-554-   non-patent document 4: Neuroscience, 1999, vol. 92, p. 1523-1537-   non-patent document 5: Eur. J. Pharmacol., 2004, vol. 483, p. 37-43-   non-patent document 6: Lancet, 2007, vol. 369, p. 1027-38-   non-patent document 7: European Urology, 2007, vol. 51, p. 884-886-   non-patent document 8: American Journal of Physiology Renal    Physiology, 2004, vol. 287, p. F434-441

DISCLOSURE OF THE INVENTION Problems to be Solved by the Invention

There is a demand on the development of a compound having a serotonin5-HT_(2C) receptor activating action, which is useful as an agent forthe prophylaxis or treatment of lower urinary tract symptom, obesityand/or organ prolapse and the like, and has superior properties in termsof receptor selectivity, efficacy, duration of action, specificity,lower toxicity and the like.

The present invention aims to provide a pyrazinooxazepine derivativehaving a serotonin 5-HT_(2C) receptor activating action and the like,which has a chemical structure different from that of known compounds(including the aforementioned compounds), and an agent containing thepyrazinooxazepine derivative for the prophylaxis or treatment ofdiseases such as a lower urinary tract symptom, obesity and/or organprolapse and the like.

Means of Solving the Problems

The present inventors had conducted intensive studies in an attempt tosolve the above-mentioned problems, and found that a compoundrepresented by the following formula (I₀) or a salt thereof has asuperior serotonin 5-HT_(2C) receptor activating action, and madefurther studies, which resulted in the completion of the presentinvention.

Accordingly, the present invention relates to

-   [1] a compound represented by the formula (I₀)

whereinR^(1′) is(1) a morpholinyl group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s),(2) a piperidyl group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s),(3) a pyrrolidinyl group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s)optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkoxy group(s),(4) a pyrrolyl group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s),(5) an imidazolyl group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s),(6) an amino group optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituentsselected from

(a) a C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionally substituted by substituent(s) selectedfrom a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group and a phenyl group, and

(b) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group,

(7) a C₁₋₆ alkylsulfanyl group,

(8) a C₁₋₆ alkoxy group optionally substituted by C₃₋₆ cycloalkylgroup(s),

(9) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group, or

(10) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkenyl group;

R^(2′) is a hydrogen atom or a C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionally substitutedby C₁₋₆ alkoxy group(s); and

R^(3′) is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a C₁₋₆ alkyl group, or asalt thereof [hereinafter to be sometimes referred to as compound (I₀)];

-   [2] the compound of the above-mentioned [1], wherein R^(1′) is    (1) a morpholinyl group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl    group(s),    (2) a piperidyl group substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s),    (3) a pyrrolidinyl group substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s)    optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkoxy group(s),    (4) a pyrrolyl group substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s),    (5) an imidazolyl group substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s),    (6) an amino group optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents    selected from

(a) a C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionally substituted by substituent(s) selectedfrom a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group and a phenyl group, and

(b) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group,

(7) a C₁₋₆ alkylsulfanyl group,

(8) a C₁₋₆ alkoxy group optionally substituted by C₃₋₆ cycloalkylgroup(s),

(9) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group, or

(10) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkenyl group,

or a salt thereof;

-   [3] a compound represented by the formula (I)

whereinR¹ is a morpholino group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s),a di(C₁₋₆ alkyl)amino group, a C₁₋₆ alkoxy group optionally substitutedby C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group(s), a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group or a C₃₋₆cycloalkenyl group; andR² is a hydrogen atom or a C₁₋₆ alkyl group,or a salt thereof [hereinafter to be sometimes referred to as compound(I)];

-   [4] the compound of the above-mentioned [3], wherein R¹ is a    morpholino group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s), a    di(C₁₋₆ alkyl)amino group, a C₁₋₆ alkoxy group or a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl    group,    or a salt thereof;-   [5] the compound of the above-mentioned [3], wherein R¹ is a    morpholino group optionally substituted by substituent(s) selected    from a methyl group and an ethyl group, an    N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)amino group, an isopropoxy group or a    cyclopropyl group; and    R² is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group,    or a salt thereof;-   [6]    3-(1-methylethoxy)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    or a salt thereof;-   [7]    3-(3-methylmorpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    or a salt thereof;-   [8]    6-methyl-3-(morpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    or a salt thereof;-   [9]    6-methyl-3-(3-methylmorpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    or a salt thereof;-   [10]    N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine    or a salt thereof;-   [11]    3-(3-ethylmorpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    or a salt thereof;-   [12] 3-cyclopropyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    or a salt thereof;-   [13]    3-(2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    or a salt thereof;-   [14]    3-(2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    or a salt thereof;-   [15] a prodrug of the compound of any one of the above-mentioned    [1]-[14], or a salt thereof;-   [16] a medicament comprising the compound of any one of the    above-mentioned [1]-[14], or a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof;-   [17] the medicament of the above-mentioned [16], which is a    serotonin 5-HT_(2C) receptor activator;-   [18] the medicament of the above-mentioned [16], which is a drug for    the prophylaxis or treatment of a lower urinary tract symptom,    obesity, and/or organ prolapse;-   [19] a method for the prophylaxis or treatment of a lower urinary    tract symptom, obesity, and/or organ prolapse in a mammal,    comprising administering an effective amount of the compound of any    one of the above-mentioned [1]-[14], or a salt thereof, or a prodrug    thereof to the mammal;-   [20] use of the compound of any one of the above-mentioned [1]-[14],    or a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof for the production of a drug    for the prophylaxis or treatment of a lower urinary tract symptom,    obesity and/or organ prolapse; and the like.

Effect of the Invention

Since compound (I₀) or a prodrug thereof has a superior serotonin5-HT_(2C) receptor activating action, it is useful as a safe drug forthe prophylaxis or treatment of any serotonin 5-HT_(2C)-associateddisease, for example, a lower urinary tract symptom, obesity and/ororgan prolapse and the like.

MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION

The definition of each symbol in the formula (I₀) is explained in detailin the following.

The “C₁₋₆ alkyl group” in the present specification means, unlessotherwise specified, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, anisopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, atert-butyl group, a pentyl group, an isopentyl group, a neopentyl group,a 1-ethylpropyl group, a hexyl group, an isohexyl group, an1,1-dimethylbutyl group, a 2,2-dimethylbutyl group, a 3,3-dimethylbutylgroup, a 2-ethylbutyl group and the like.

The “C₁₋₆ alkoxy group” in the present specification means, unlessotherwise specified, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group,an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a sec-butoxygroup, a tert-butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, an isopentyloxy group, aneopentyloxy group, a 1-ethylpropyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, anisohexyloxy group, a 1,1-dimethylbutyloxy group, a 2,2-dimethylbutyloxygroup, a 3,3-dimethylbutyloxy group, a 2-ethylbutyloxy group and thelike.

The “C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group” in the present specification means, unlessotherwise specified, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, acyclopentyl group, a Cyclohexyl group and the like.

The “morpholinyl group” of the “morpholinyl group optionally substitutedby C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s)” for R^(1′) may be substituted by any number ofsubstituents selected from the above-mentioned “C₁₋₆ alkyl group”. Thenumber of the “C₁₋₆ alkyl group” is not limited as long as thesubstitution is possible, and is preferably 1 to 3 (more preferably 1 or2, particularly preferably 1). When two or more “C₁₋₆ alkyl groups” arepresent, they may be the same or different.

As the “morpholinyl group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkylgroup(s)”, a morpholinyl group optionally substituted by 1 to 3(preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkyl groups is preferable,a morpholinyl group (preferably, a morpholino group) optionallysubstituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably, amethyl group, an ethyl group) is more preferable, and a morpholinogroup, a methylmorpholino group (preferably, a 3-methylmorpholino group)and an ethylmorpholino group (preferably, a 3-ethylmorpholino group) aremore preferable.

In other embodiments, as the “morpholinyl group optionally substitutedby C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s)”, a morpholino group optionally substituted byC₁₋₆ alkyl group(s) is preferable.

The “piperidyl group” of the “piperidyl group optionally substituted byC₁₋₆ alkyl group(s)” for R^(1′) may be substituted by any number ofsubstituents selected from the above-mentioned “C₁₋₆ alkyl group”. Thenumber of the “C₁₋₆ alkyl group” is not limited as long as thesubstitution is possible, and is preferably 1 to 3 (more preferably 1 or2, particularly preferably 1). When two or more “C₁₋₆ alkyl groups” arepresent, they may be the same or different.

As the “piperidyl group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s)”,a piperidyl group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 (preferably 1 or 2,more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkyl groups is preferable, a piperidyl group(preferably, a piperidino group) optionally substituted by 1 or 2(preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably, methyl groups) is morepreferable, and methylpiperidino (preferably, 2-methylpiperidino) isstill more preferable.

In other embodiments, as the “piperidyl group optionally substituted byC₁₋₆ alkyl group(s)”, a piperidyl group substituted by C₁₋₆ alkylgroup(s) is preferable, a piperidyl group substituted by 1 to 3(preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkyl groups is morepreferable, and a piperidyl group (preferably, a piperidino group)substituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably,methyl groups) is more preferable.

The “pyrrolidinyl group” of the “pyrrolidinyl group optionallysubstituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s) optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkoxygroup(s)” for R^(1′) may be substituted by any number of substituentsselected from the “C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s) optionally substituted by C₁₋₆alkoxy group(s)”. Here, the “C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s) optionally substitutedby C₁₋₆ alkoxy group(s)” is the above-mentioned “C₁₋₆ alkyl group”optionally substituted by any number (preferably, 1 to 3, morepreferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1) of substituents selected from theabove-mentioned “C₁₋₆ alkoxy group”. When two ore more “C₁₋₆ alkoxygroups” are present, they may be the same or different.

The number of the “C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s) optionally substituted by C₁₋₆alkoxy group(s)” that the “pyrrolidinyl group” may have is not limitedas long as the substitution is possible, and is preferably 1 to 3 (morepreferably 1 or 2, particularly preferably 1). When two or more “C₁₋₆alkyl groups optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkoxy group(s)” arepresent, they may be the same or different.

As the “pyrrolidinyl group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s)optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkoxy group(s)”, a pyrrolidinyl groupoptionally substituted by 1 to 3 (preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1)“C₁₋₆ alkyl groups optionally substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or 2,more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkoxy groups” is preferable, a pyrrolidinylgroup (preferably, a 1-pyrrolidinyl group) optionally substituted by 1or 2 (preferably 1) “C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably, methyl groups)optionally substituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkoxy groups(preferably, methoxy groups)” is more preferable, and methylpyrrolidinyl(preferably, 2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl) and (methoxymethyl)pyrrolidinyl(preferably, 2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl) are more preferable.

In other embodiment, as the “pyrrolidinyl group optionally substitutedby C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s) optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkoxy group(s)”,a pyrrolidinyl group substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s) optionallysubstituted by C₁₋₆ alkoxy group(s) is preferable, a pyrrolidinyl groupsubstituted by 1 to 3 (preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1) “C₁₋₆ alkylgroups optionally substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or 2, morepreferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkoxy groups” is more preferable, and a pyrrolidinylgroup (preferably, a 1-pyrrolidinyl group) substituted by 1 or 2(preferably 1) “C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably, methyl groups) optionallysubstituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkoxy groups (preferably,methoxy groups)” is more preferable.

The “pyrrolyl group” of the “pyrrolyl group optionally substituted byC₁₋₆ alkyl group(s)” for R^(1′) may be substituted by any number ofsubstituents selected from the above-mentioned “C₁₋₆ alkyl group”. Thenumber of the “C₁₋₆ alkyl group” is not limited as long as thesubstitution is possible, and is preferably 1 to 3 (more preferably 1 or2). When two or more “C₁₋₆ alkyl groups” are present, they may be thesame or different.

As the “pyrrolyl group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s)”, apyrrolyl group optionally substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or 2) C₁₋₆alkyl groups is preferable, a pyrrolyl group (preferably, a 1-pyrrolylgroup) optionally substituted by 1 or 2 C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably,methyl groups) is more preferable, and dimethylpyrrolyl (preferably,2,5-dimethylpyrrol-1-yl) is more preferable.

In other embodiments, as the “pyrrolyl group optionally substituted byC₁₋₆ alkyl group(s)”, a pyrrolyl group substituted by C₁₋₆ alkylgroup(s) is preferable, a pyrrolyl group substituted by 1 to 3(preferably 1 or 2) C₁₋₆ alkyl groups is more preferable, and a pyrrolylgroup (preferably, a 1-pyrrolyl group) substituted by 1 or 2 C₁₋₄ alkylgroups (preferably, methyl groups) is still more preferable.

The “imidazolyl group” of the “imidazolyl group optionally substitutedby C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s)” for R^(1′) may be substituted by any number ofsubstituents selected from the above-mentioned “C₁₋₆ alkyl group”. Thenumber of the “C₁₋₆ alkyl group” is not limited as long as thesubstitution is possible, and is preferably 1 to 3 (more preferably 1 or2, particularly preferably 1). When two or more “C₁₋₆ alkyl groups” arepresent, they may be the same or different.

As the “imidazolyl group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s)”,an imidazolyl group optionally substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or 2,more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkyl groups is preferable, an imidazolyl group(preferably, a 1-imidazolyl group) optionally substituted by 1 or 2(preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably, methyl groups) is morepreferable, and methylimidazolyl (preferably, 2-methylimidazol-1-yl) isstill more preferable.

In other embodiment, as the “imidazolyl group optionally substituted byC₁₋₆ alkyl group(s)”, an imidazolyl group substituted by C₁₋₆ alkylgroup(s) is preferable, an imidazolyl group substituted by 1-3(preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkyl groups is morepreferable, and an imidazolyl group (preferably, a 1-imidazolyl group)substituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably,methyl groups) is more preferable.

The “amino group” of the “amino group optionally substituted by 1 or 2substituents selected from (a) C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionally substitutedby substituent(s) selected from C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group and phenyl group,and (b) C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group” for R^(1′) may be substituted by 1 or 2substituents selected from (a) the above-mentioned “C₁₋₆ alkyl group”optionally substituted by any number (preferably, 1 to 3, morepreferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1) of substituents selected from theabove-mentioned “C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group” and a phenyl group, and (b) theabove-mentioned “C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group”. When two substituents arepresent, they may be the same or different.

As the “amino group optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituentsselected from (a) a C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionally substituted bysubstituent(s) selected from a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group and a phenyl group,and (b) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group”, an amino group optionally substitutedby 1 or 2 substituents selected from (a) a C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionallysubstituted by 1 to 3 (preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1)substituents selected from a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group and a phenyl group,and (b) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group is preferable, an amino group optionallysubstituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from (a) a C₁₋₄ alkyl group(preferably, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, anisopropyl group, a sec-butyl group) optionally substituted by 1 to 3(preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1) substituents selected from a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl group (preferably, a cyclopropyl group) and a phenyl group,and (b) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group (preferably, a cyclobutyl group) is morepreferable, and an amino group, an N-(1-methylethyl)amino group, anN-methyl-N-propylamino group, an N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)amino group,an N-methyl-N-(1-methylpropyl)amino group, anN-ethyl-N-(1-methylethyl)amino group, anN-cyclopropylmethyl-N-methylamino group, anN-(1-methylethyl)-N-(phenylmethyl)amino group and anN-cyclobutyl-N-methylamino group are more preferable.

In other embodiment, as the “amino group optionally substituted by 1 or2 substituents selected from (a) a C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionallysubstituted by substituent(s) selected from a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group anda phenyl group, and (b) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group”, the “di(C₁₋₆alkyl)amino group” is preferable.

Examples of the “C₁₋₆ alkylsulfanyl group” for R^(1′) include amethylsulfanyl group, an ethylsulfanyl group, a propylsulfanyl group, anisopropylsulfanyl group, a butylsulfanyl group, an isobutylsulfanylgroup, a sec-butylsulfanyl group, a tert-butylsulfanyl group, apentylsulfanyl group, an isopentylsulfanyl group, a neopentylsulfanylgroup, a 1-ethylpropylsulfanyl group, a hexylsulfanyl group, anisohexylsulfanyl group, an 1,1-dimethylbutylsulfanyl group, a2,2-dimethylbutylsulfanyl group, a 3,3-dimethylbutylsulfanyl group, a2-ethylbutylsulfanyl group and the like.

As the “C₁₋₆ alkylsulfanyl group”, a C₁₋₄ alkylsulfanyl group ispreferable, and an isopropylsulfanyl group is more preferable.

The “C₁₋₆ alkoxy group” of the “C₁₋₆ alkoxy group optionally substitutedby C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group(s)” for R^(1′) may be substituted by any numberof substituents selected from the above-mentioned “C₃₋₆ cycloalkylgroup”. The number of the “C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group” is not limited as longas the substitution is possible, and is preferably 1 to 3 (morepreferably 1 or 2, particularly preferably 1). When two or more “C₃₋₆cycloalkyl groups” are present, they may be the same or different.

As the “C₁₋₆ alkoxy group optionally substituted by C₃₋₆ cycloalkylgroup(s)”, a C₁₋₆ alkoxy group optionally substituted by 1-3 (morepreferably 1 or 2, particularly preferably 1) C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl groups ispreferable, a C₁₋₄ alkoxy group (preferably, an ethoxy group, anisopropoxy group) optionally substituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₃₋₆cycloalkyl groups (preferably, cyclopropyl groups) is more preferable,and a cyclopropylethoxy group (preferably, 1-cyclopropylethoxy group)and an isopropoxy group are more preferable.

As the “C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group” for R^(1′), a cyclopropyl group and acyclopentyl group are preferable.

Examples of the “C₃₋₆ cycloalkenyl group” for R^(1′) include acyclopropenyl group (e.g., a 1-cyclopropen-1-yl group, a2-cyclopropen-1-yl group), a cyclobutenyl group (e.g., a1-cyclobuten-1-yl group, a 2-cyclobuten-1-yl group), a cyclopentenylgroup (e.g., a 1-cyclopenten-1-yl group, a 2-cyclopenten-1-yl group, a3-cyclopenten-1-yl group), a cyclohexenyl group (e.g., a1-cyclohexen-1-yl group, a 2-cyclohexen-1-yl group, a 3-cyclohexen-1-ylgroup) and the like.

As the “C₃₋₆ cycloalkenyl group”, a cyclopentenyl group is preferable,and a 1-cyclopenten-1-yl group is more preferable.

R^(1′) is preferably

(1) a morpholinyl group optionally substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or2, more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkyl groups,

(2) a piperidyl group optionally substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or 2,more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkyl groups,

(3) a pyrrolidinyl group optionally substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or2, more preferably 1) “C₁₋₆ alkyl groups optionally substituted by 1-3(preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkoxy groups”,

(4) a pyrrolyl group optionally substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or 2)C₁₋₆ alkyl groups,

(5) an imidazolyl group optionally substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or2, more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkyl groups,

(6) an amino group optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituentsselected from

(a) a C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionally substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or 2,more preferably 1) substituents selected from a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl groupand a phenyl group, and

(b) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group,

(7) a C₁₋₆ alkylsulfanyl group,

(8) a C₁₋₆ alkoxy group optionally substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or2, more preferably 1) C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl groups,

(9) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group, or

(10) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkenyl group,

more preferably,

(1) a morpholinyl group (preferably, a morpholino group) optionallysubstituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably,methyl group, ethyl group),

(2) a piperidyl group (preferably, a piperidino group) optionallysubstituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably, amethyl group),

(3) a pyrrolidinyl group (preferably, a 1-pyrrolidinyl group) optionallysubstituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) “C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably, amethyl group) optionally substituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄alkoxy groups (preferably, methoxy groups)”,

(4) a pyrrolyl group (preferably, a 1-pyrrolyl group) optionallysubstituted by 1 or 2 C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably, methyl groups),

(5) an imidazolyl group (preferably, a 1-imidazolyl group) optionallysubstituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably,methyl groups),

(6) an amino group optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituentsselected from

(a) a C₁₋₄ alkyl group (preferably, a methyl group, an ethyl group, apropyl group, an isopropyl group, a sec-butyl group) optionallysubstituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) substituents selected from a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl group (preferably, a cyclopropyl group) and a phenyl group,and

(b) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group (preferably, a cyclobutyl group),

(7) a C₁₋₄ alkylsulfanyl group,

(8) a C₁₋₄ alkoxy group (preferably, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxygroup) optionally substituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₃₋₆ cycloalkylgroups (preferably, cyclopropyl groups),

(9) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group, or

(10) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkenyl group,

more preferably,

(1) a morpholino group, a methylmorpholino group (preferably, a3-methylmorpholino group) or an ethylmorpholino group (preferably, a3-ethylmorpholino group),

(2) methylpiperidino (preferably, 2-methylpiperidino),

(3) methylpyrrolidinyl (preferably, 2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl) or(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidinyl (preferably,2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl),

(4) dimethylpyrrolyl (preferably, 2,5-dimethylpyrrol-1-yl),

(5) methylimidazolyl (preferably, 2-methylimidazol-1-yl),

(6) an amino group, an N-(1-methylethyl)amino group, anN-methyl-N-propylamino group, an N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)amino group,an N-methyl-N-(1-methylpropyl)amino group, anN-ethyl-N-(1-methylethyl)amino group, anN-cyclopropylmethyl-N-methylamino group, anN-(1-methylethyl)-N-(phenylmethyl)amino group or anN-cyclobutyl-N-methylamino group,(7) an isopropylsulfanyl group,(8) a cyclopropylethoxy group (preferably, a 1-cyclopropylethoxy group)or an isopropoxy group,(9) a cyclopropyl group or a cyclopentyl group, or(10) a cyclopentenyl group (preferably, a 1-cyclopenten-1-yl group).

In another embodiment, R^(1′) is preferably

(1) a morpholinyl group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s),

(2) a piperidyl group substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s),

(3) a pyrrolidinyl group substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s) optionallysubstituted by C₁₋₆ alkoxy group(s),

(4) a pyrrolyl group substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s),

(5) an imidazolyl group substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s),

(6) an amino group optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituentsselected from

(a) a C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionally substituted by substituent(s) selectedfrom a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group and a phenyl group, and

(b) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group,

(7) a C₁₋₆ alkylsulfanyl group,

(8) a C₁₋₆ alkoxy group optionally substituted by C₃₋₆ cycloalkylgroup(s),

(9) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group, or

(10) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkenyl group,

more preferably,

(1) a morpholinyl group optionally substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or2, more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkyl groups,

(2) a piperidyl group substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or 2, morepreferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkyl groups,

(3) a pyrrolidinyl group substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or 2, morepreferably 1) “C₁₋₆ alkyl groups optionally substituted by 1-3(preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkoxy groups”,

(4) a pyrrolyl group substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or 2) C₁₋₆ alkylgroups,

(5) an imidazolyl group substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or 2, morepreferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkyl groups,

(6) an amino group optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituentsselected from

(a) a C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionally substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or 2,more preferably 1) substituents selected from a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl groupand a phenyl group, and

(b) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group,

(7) a C₁₋₆ alkylsulfanyl group,

(8) a C₁₋₆ alkoxy group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 (preferably 1or 2, more preferably 1) C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl groups,

(9) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group, or

(10) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkenyl group,

more preferably,

(1) a morpholinyl group optionally substituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1)C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably, methyl groups, ethyl groups),

(2) a piperidyl group (preferably, a piperidino group) substituted by 1or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably, methyl groups),

(3) a pyrrolidinyl group (preferably, a 1-pyrrolidinyl group)substituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) “C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably,methyl groups) optionally substituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄alkoxy groups (preferably, methoxy groups)”,

(4) a pyrrolyl group (preferably, a 1-pyrrolyl group) substituted by 1or 2 C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably, methyl groups),

(5) an imidazolyl group (preferably, a 1-imidazolyl group) substitutedby 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably, methyl groups),

(6) an amino group optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituentsselected from

(a) a C₁₋₄ alkyl group (preferably, a methyl group, an ethyl group, apropyl group, an isopropyl group, a sec-butyl group) optionallysubstituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) substituents selected from a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl group (preferably, a cyclopropyl group) and a phenyl group,and

(b) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group (preferably, a cyclobutyl group),

(7) a C₁₋₄ alkylsulfanyl group,

(8) a C₁₋₄ alkoxy group (preferably, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxygroup) optionally substituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₃₋₆ cycloalkylgroups (preferably, cyclopropyl groups),

(9) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group, or

(10) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkenyl group.

In addition, in another embodiment, R^(1′) is preferably a morpholinogroup optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s), a di(C₁₋₆alkyl)amino group, a C₁₋₆ alkoxy group optionally substituted by C₃₋₆cycloalkyl group(s), a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group or a C₃₋₆ cycloalkenylgroup.

The “C₁₋₆ alkyl group” of the “C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionally substitutedby C₁₋₆ alkoxy group(s)” for R^(2′) may be substituted by any number ofsubstituents selected from the above-mentioned “C₁₋₆ alkoxy group”. Thenumber of the “C₁₋₆ alkoxy group” is not limited as long as thesubstitution is possible, and is preferably 1 to 3 (more preferably 1 or2, particularly preferably 1). When two or more “C₁₋₆ alkoxy groups” arepresent, they may be the same or different.

As the “C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkoxygroup(s)”, a C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionally substituted by 1-3 (preferably1 or 2, more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkoxy groups is preferable, a C₁₋₄alkyl group (preferably, a methyl group) optionally substituted by 1 or2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkoxy groups (preferably, methoxy groups) is morepreferable, and a methyl group and a methoxymethyl group are morepreferable.

R^(2′) is preferably a hydrogen atom or a C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionallysubstituted by 1 to 3 (preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkoxygroups, more preferably, a hydrogen atom or a alkyl group (preferably, amethyl group) optionally substituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄alkoxy groups (preferably, methoxy groups), and more preferably is ahydrogen atom, a methyl group or a methoxymethyl group.

In another embodiment, R^(2′) is preferably a hydrogen atom or a C₁₋₆alkyl group.

R^(3′) is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (preferably, achlorine atom, a bromine atom) or a C₁₋₄ alkyl group (preferably, amethyl group), more preferably a hydrogen atom.

As compound (I₀),

a compound wherein R^(1′) is

(1) a morpholinyl group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 (preferably 1or 2, more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkyl groups,

(2) a piperidyl group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 (preferably 1 or2, more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkyl groups,

(3) a pyrrolidinyl group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 (preferably 1or 2, more preferably 1) “C₁₋₆ alkyl groups optionally substituted by1-3 (preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkoxy groups”,

(4) a pyrrolyl group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 (preferably 1 or2) C₁₋₆ alkyl groups,

(5) an imidazolyl group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 (preferably 1or 2, more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkyl groups,

(6) an amino group optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituentsselected from

(a) a C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 (preferably 1 or2, more preferably 1) substituents selected from a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl groupand a phenyl group, and

(b) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group,

(7) a C₁₋₆ alkylsulfanyl group,

(8) a C₁₋₆ alkoxy group optionally substituted by 1 to 3 (preferably 1or 2, more preferably 1) C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl groups,

(9) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group, or

(10) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkenyl group

{preferably,

(1) a morpholinyl group (preferably, a morpholino group) optionallysubstituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably,methyl groups, ethyl groups),

(2) a piperidyl group (preferably, a piperidino group) optionallysubstituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably,methyl groups),

(3) a pyrrolidinyl group (preferably, a 1-pyrrolidinyl group) optionallysubstituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) “C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably,methyl groups) optionally substituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄alkoxy groups (preferably, methoxy groups)”,

(4) a pyrrolyl group (preferably, a 1-pyrrolyl group) optionallysubstituted by 1 or 2 C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably, methyl groups),

(5) an imidazolyl group (preferably, a 1-imidazolyl group) optionallysubstituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably,methyl groups),

(6) an amino group optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituentsselected from

(a) a C₁₋₄ alkyl group (preferably, a methyl group, an ethyl group, apropyl group, an isopropyl group, a sec-butyl group) optionallysubstituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) substituents selected from a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl group (preferably, a cyclopropyl group) and a phenyl group,and

(b) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group (preferably, a cyclobutyl group),

(7) a C₁₋₄ alkylsulfanyl group,

(8) a C₁₋₄ alkoxy group (preferably, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxygroup) optionally substituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₃₋₆ cycloalkylgroups (preferably, cyclopropyl groups),

(9) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group, or

(10) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkenyl group

[more preferably,

(1) a morpholino group, a methylmorpholino group (preferably, a3-methylmorpholino group) or an ethylmorpholino group (preferably, a3-ethylmorpholino group),

(2) methylpiperidino (preferably, 2-methylpiperidino),

(3) methylpyrrolidinyl (preferably, 2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl) or(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidinyl (preferably,2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl),

(4) dimethylpyrrolyl (preferably, 2,5-dimethylpyrrol-1-yl),

(5) methylimidazolyl (preferably, 2-methylimidazol-1-yl),

(6) an amino group, an N-(1-methylethyl)amino group, anN-methyl-N-propylamino group, an N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)amino group,an N-methyl-N-(1-methylpropyl)amino group, anN-ethyl-N-(1-methylethyl)amino group, anN-cyclopropylmethyl-N-methylamino group, anN-(1-methylethyl)-N-(phenylmethyl)amino group or anN-cyclobutyl-N-methylamino group,(7) an isopropylsulfanyl group,(8) a cyclopropylethoxy group (preferably, a 1-cyclopropylethoxy group)or an isopropoxy group,(9) a cyclopropyl group or a cyclopentyl group, or(10) a cyclopentenyl group (preferably, a 1-cyclopenten-1-yl group)]},

R^(2′) is a hydrogen atom or a C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionally substitutedby 1 to 3 (preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkoxy groups{preferably, a hydrogen atom or a C₁₋₄ alkyl group (preferably, a methylgroup) optionally substituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkoxygroups (preferably, methoxy groups) [more preferably, a hydrogen atom, amethyl group, a methoxymethyl group]}, and

R^(3′) is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a C₁₋₆ alkyl group[preferably, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (preferably, a chlorineatom, a bromine atom) or a C₁₋₄ alkyl group (preferably, a methylgroup)], or a salt thereof is preferable.

In another embodiment, as compound (I₀),

a compound wherein R^(1′) is

(1) a morpholinyl group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s),

(2) a piperidyl group substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s),

(3) a pyrrolidinyl group substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s) optionallysubstituted by C₁₋₆ alkoxy(s),

(4) a pyrrolyl group substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s),

(5) an imidazolyl group substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s),

(6) an amino group optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituentsselected from

(a) a C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionally substituted by substituent(s) selectedfrom a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group and a phenyl group, and

(b) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group,

(7) a C₁₋₆ alkylsulfanyl group,

(8) a C₁₋₆ alkoxy group optionally substituted by C₃₋₆ cycloalkylgroup(s),

(9) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group, or

(10) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkenyl group

{preferably,

(1) a morpholinyl group optionally substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or2, more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkyl groups,

(2) a piperidyl group substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or 2, morepreferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkyl groups,

(3) a pyrrolidinyl group substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or 2, morepreferably 1) “C₁₋₆ alkyl groups optionally substituted by 1-3(preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkoxy groups”,

(4) a pyrrolyl group substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or 2) C₁₋₆ alkylgroups,

(5) an imidazolyl group substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or 2, morepreferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkyl groups,

(6) an amino group optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituentsselected from

(a) a C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionally substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or 2,more preferably 1) substituents selected from a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl groupand a phenyl group, and

(b) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group,

(7) a C₁₋₆ alkylsulfanyl group,

(8) a C₁₋₆ alkoxy group optionally substituted by 1-3 (preferably 1 or2, more preferably 1) C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl groups,

(9) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group, or

(10) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkenyl group

[more preferably,

(1) a morpholinyl group optionally substituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1)C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably, methyl groups, ethyl groups),

(2) a piperidyl group (preferably, a piperidino group) substituted by 1or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably, methyl groups),

(3) a pyrrolidinyl group (preferably, a 1-pyrrolidinyl group)substituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) “C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably,methyl groups) optionally substituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄alkoxy groups (preferably, methoxy groups)”,

(4) a pyrrolyl group (preferably, a 1-pyrrolyl group) substituted by 1or 2 C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably, methyl groups),

(5) an imidazolyl group (preferably, a 1-imidazolyl group) substitutedby 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkyl groups (preferably, methyl groups),

(6) an amino group optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituentsselected from

(a) a C₁₋₄ alkyl group (preferably, a methyl group, an ethyl group, apropyl group, an isopropyl group, a sec-butyl group) optionallysubstituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) substituents selected from a C₃₋₆cycloalkyl group (preferably, a cyclopropyl group) and a phenyl group,and

(b) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group (preferably, a cyclobutyl group),

(7) a C₁₋₄ alkylsulfanyl group,

(8) a C₁₋₄ alkoxy group (preferably, an ethoxy group, an isopropoxygroup) optionally substituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₃₋₆ cycloalkylgroups (preferably, cyclopropyl groups),

(9) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group, or

(10) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkenyl group]},

R^(2′) is a hydrogen atom or a C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionally substitutedby 1-3 (preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1) C₁₋₆ alkoxy groups{preferably, a hydrogen atom or a C₁₋₄ alkyl group (preferably, a methylgroup) optionally substituted by 1 or 2 (preferably 1) C₁₋₄ alkoxygroups (preferably, methoxy groups) [more preferably, a hydrogen atom, amethyl group, a methoxymethyl group]}, and

R^(3′) is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a C₁₋₆ alkyl group[preferably, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (preferably, a chlorineatom, a bromine atom) or a C₁₋₄ alkyl group (preferably, a methylgroup)], or a salt thereof is preferable.

As compound (I₀), compounds described in the following Examples 1-35 orsalts thereof are preferable, and particularly,

-   3-(1-methylethoxy)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    or a salt thereof (Example 2),-   3-(3-methylmorpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    (preferably,    3-[(3R)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine)    or a salt thereof (Example 5),-   6-methyl-3-(morpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    (preferably,    (6S)-6-methyl-3-(morpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine)    or a salt thereof (Example 6),-   6-methyl-3-(3-methylmorpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    (preferably,    (6S)-6-methyl-3-[(3R)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine)    or a salt thereof (Example 7),-   N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine    or a salt thereof (Example 8),-   3-(3-ethylmorpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    (preferably,    3-[(3R)-3-ethylmorpholin-4-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine)    or a salt thereof (Example 9),-   3-cyclopropyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine or a    salt thereof (Example 10),-   3-(2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    or a salt thereof (Example 12), and-   3-(2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    or a salt thereof (Example 13)    are preferable.

In another embodiment, moreover, as compound (I₀), compound (I) ispreferable.

The definition of each symbol in the formula (I) is explained in detailin the following.

The “morpholino group” of the “morpholino group optionally substitutedby C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s)” for R¹ may be substituted by any number ofsubstituents selected from the above-mentioned “C₁₋₆ alkyl group”. Thenumber of the “C₁₋₆ alkyl group” is not limited as long as thesubstitution is possible, and is preferably 1 to 3 (more preferably 1 or2, particularly preferably 1). When two or more “C₁₋₆ alkyl groups” arepresent, they may be the same or different.

As the “morpholino group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s)”,a morpholino group optionally substituted by substituent(s) selectedfrom a methyl group and an ethyl group is preferable, and a morpholinogroup, a methylmorpholino group (e.g., a 3-methylmorpholino group) andan ethylmorpholino group (e.g., a 3-ethylmorpholino group) are morepreferable.

Examples of the “di(C₁₋₆ alkyl)amino group” for R¹ include an aminogroup di-substituted by substituents selected from the above-mentioned“C₁₋₆ alkyl group”. Two “C₁₋₆ alkyl groups” may be the same ordifferent.

As the “di(C₁₋₆ alkylamino group”, an amino group di-substituted by thesame or different C₁₋₃ alkyl groups (e.g., a methyl group, an ethylgroup, a propyl group, an isopropyl group) is preferable, and anN-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)amino group is more preferable.

As the “C₁₋₆ alkoxy group” of the “C₁₋₆ alkoxy group optionallysubstituted by C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group (s)” for R¹, preferred is an ethoxygroup, an isopropoxy group and the like.

The “C₁₋₆ alkoxy group” may be substituted by any number of substituentsselected from the above-mentioned “C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group”. The number ofthe “C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group” is not limited as long as the substitutionis possible, preferably 1 to 3 (more preferably 1 or 2, particularlypreferably 1). When two or more “C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl groups” are present,they may be the same or different.

As the “C₁₋₆ alkoxy group optionally substituted by C₃₋₆ cycloalkylgroup(s)” for R¹, an ethoxy group and an isopropoxy group, which may berespectively substituted by cyclopropyl group(s), are preferable, and a1-cyclopropylethoxy group and an isopropoxy group are more preferable.

As the “C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group” for R¹, a cyclopropyl group and acyclopentyl group are preferable.

Examples of the “C₃₋₆ cycloalkenyl group” for R¹ include a cyclopropenylgroup (e.g., a 1-cyclopropen-1-yl group, a 2-cyclopropen-1-yl group), acyclobutenyl group (e.g., a 1-cyclobuten-1-yl group, a 2-cyclobuten-1-ylgroup), a cyclopentenyl group (e.g., a 1-cyclopenten-1-yl group, a2-cyclopenten-1-yl group, a 3-cyclopenten-1-yl group), a cyclohexenylgroup (e.g., a 1-cyclohexen-1-yl group, a 2-cyclohexen-1-yl group, a3-cyclohexen-1-yl group) and the like. A cyclopentenyl group ispreferable, and a 1-cyclopenten-1-yl group is more preferable.

R¹ is preferably a morpholino group optionally substituted bysubstituent(s) selected from a methyl group and an ethyl group; an aminogroup di-substituted by substituents selected from a C₁₋₃ alkyl group(e.g., a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropylgroup); an ethoxy group or an isopropoxy group, each of which isoptionally substituted by cyclopropyl group(s); a cyclopropyl group; acyclopentyl group; or a cyclopentenyl group.

R¹ is more preferably a morpholino group, a methylmorpholino group(preferably, a 3-methylmorpholino group), an ethylmorpholino group(preferably, a 3-ethylmorpholino group), anN-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)amino group, a 1-cyclopropylethoxy group, anisopropoxy group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group or acyclopentenyl group (preferably, a 1-cyclopenten-1-yl group).

In another embodiment, R¹ is preferably a morpholino group optionallysubstituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s), a di(C₁₋₆ alkyl)amino group, a C₁₋₆alkoxy group or a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group.

R¹ is more preferably a morpholino group optionally substituted bysubstituent(s) selected from a methyl group and an ethyl group, anN-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)amino group, an isopropoxy group or acyclopropyl group.

As the “C₁₋₆ alkyl group” for R², a methyl group is preferable.

R² is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.

As compound (I), a compound wherein

R¹ is a morpholino group optionally substituted by substituent(s)selected from a methyl group and an ethyl group; an amino groupdi-substituted by substituents selected from a C₁₋₃ alkyl group (e.g., amethyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group); anethoxy group or an isopropoxy group, each of which is optionallysubstituted by cyclopropyl group(s); a cyclopropyl group; a cyclopentylgroup; a cyclopentenyl group [preferably, a morpholino group, amethylmorpholino group (preferably, a 3-methylmorpholino group), anethylmorpholino group (preferably, a 3-ethylmorpholino group), anN-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)amino group, a 1-cyclopropylethoxy group, anisopropoxy group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, acyclopentenyl group (preferably, a 1-cyclopenten-1-yl)]; andR² is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, or a salt thereof ispreferable.

In another embodiment, as compound (I), a compound wherein

R¹ is a morpholino group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s),a di(C₁₋₆ alkyl)amino group, a C₁₋₆ alkoxy group or a C₃₋₆ cycloalkylgroup [preferably, a morpholino group optionally substituted bysubstituent(s) selected from a methyl group and an ethyl group, anN-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)amino group, an isopropoxy group or acyclopropyl group]; andR² is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, or a salt thereof ispreferable.

As compound (I), compounds of the following Examples 1-11 or saltsthereof are preferable, particularly,

-   3-(1-methylethoxy)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    or a salt thereof (Example 2),-   3-(3-methylmorpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    (preferably,    3-[(3R)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine)    or a salt thereof (Example 5),-   6-methyl-3-(morpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    (preferably,    (6S)-6-methyl-3-(morpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine)    or a salt thereof (Example 6),-   6-methyl-3-(3-methylmorpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    (preferably,    (6S)-6-methyl-3-[(3R)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine)    or a salt thereof (Example 7),-   N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine    or a salt thereof (Example 8),-   3-(3-ethylmorpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine    (preferably,    3-[(3R)-3-ethylmorpholin-4-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine)    or a salt thereof (Example 9), and-   3-cyclopropyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine or a    salt thereof (Example 10)    are preferable.

When compound (I₀) or (I) is a salt, examples of the salt include saltwith inorganic base, ammonium salt, salt with organic base, salt withinorganic acid, salt with organic acid, salt with basic or acidic aminoacid and the like.

Preferable examples of the salt with inorganic base include alkali metalsalts such as sodium salt, potassium salt and the like; alkaline earthmetal salts such as calcium salt, magnesium salt, barium salt and thelike; aluminum salt and the like.

Preferable examples of the salt with organic base include salts withtrimethylamine, triethylamine, pyridine, picoline, ethanolamine,diethanolamine, triethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine,N,N′-dibenzylethylenediamine and the like.

Preferable examples of the salt with inorganic acid include salts withhydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid,phosphoric acid and the like.

Preferable examples of the salt with organic acid include salts withformic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, fumaric acid, oxalicacid, tartaric acid, maleic acid, citric acid, succinic acid, malicacid, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acidand the like.

Preferable examples of the salt with basic amino acid include salts witharginine, lysine, ornithine and the like.

Preferable examples of the salt with acidic amino acid include saltswith aspartic acid, glutamic acid and the like.

Of these salts, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are preferable.

Compound (I₀) or (I) may be any of hydrate, non-hydrate, solvate andnon-solvate.

A compound labeled with an isotope (e.g., ²H, ³H, ¹⁴C, ³⁵S, ¹²⁵I etc.)and the like are also encompassed in compounds (I₀) and (I).

In addition, a deuterium exchange compound of compound (I_(D)) or (I)wherein ¹H is converted to ²H(D) is also encompassed in compound (I₀) or(I).

The production methods of compounds (I₀) and (I) of the presentinvention are explained in the following.

In each of the following production methods, the starting materialcompounds and production intermediates may be used in the form of salts.Examples of such salt include those similar to the salts of theaforementioned compounds (I₀) and (I) and the like.

In addition, a production intermediate obtained in each of theproduction methods can also be used directly as a reaction mixture or asa crude product. However, it may be isolated or purified before useaccording to a known method such as phase transfer, concentration,solvent extraction, fractionation, liquid conversion, crystallization,recrystallization, chromatography and the like.

Moreover, when the compound of each formula is commercially available,such product can be used as is.

Compound (I) of the present invention can be produced, for example,according to the following method A, method B, method C, method D, or amethod analogous thereto.

In compounds (1), a compound represented by the formula (Ia) wherein R¹is a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group or a C₃₋₆ cycloalkenyl group, or a saltthereof (hereinafter to be sometimes referred to as compound (Ia) andthe same applies to other formulas) can be produced, for example,according to method A shown below, or a method analogous thereto.

[Method A]

wherein Pg is a protecting group; R^(1a) is a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group or aC₃₋₆ cycloalkenyl group; R^(1b) is a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group or a C₃₋₆cycloalkenyl group; and R² is as defined above.

The “protecting group” for Pg is an amino-protecting group generallyused for the peptide synthesis and the like, which does not adverselyinfluence the progress of the reaction in each step explained below(e.g., a benzyl group, a p-methoxybenzyl group) and the like, and ispreferably a benzyl group.

Step 1

In this step, compound (IV) is produced by subjecting compound (II) andcompound (III) to a reductive amination reaction.

While this reaction can be performed according to a method known per se[e.g., the method described in 4th ed., Jikken Kagaku Koza, vol. 14,page 370 etc.], it is generally performed in the presence of a reducingagent in, where necessary, a solvent that does not adversely influencethe reaction. Compound (II) can be produced according to a method knownper se [the method described in Journal, of Organometallic Chemistry,1991, vol. 412, (No. 3), page 301] or a method analogous thereto.Compound (III) can be produced according to a method known per se [themethod described in Synthetic Communications, 1994, vol. 24, (No. 10),page 1415] or a method analogous thereto.

While the amount of compound (III) to be used varies depending on thekind of solvent and other reaction conditions, it is generally about 1mol-about 10 mol, preferably about 1 mol-about 5 mol, per 1 mol ofcompound (II).

Examples of the reducing agent include aluminum reagents (e.g., lithiumaluminum hydride (LiAlH₄), diisobutylaluminum hydride (DIBAL-H), sodiumbis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum hydride (Red-Al), alane (AlH₃) etc.), boronreagents (e.g., borane (BH₃), 9-borabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane (9-BBN), sodiumborohydride (NaBH₄), sodium cyanoborohydride (NaBH₃CN), sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (NaBH(OAc)₃) etc.) and the like. Of these, sodiumborohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride and sodium triacetoxyborohydrideare preferable.

While the amount of the reducing agent to be used varies depending onthe kind of solvent and other reaction conditions, it is generally about1 mol-about 10 mol, preferably about 1 mol-about 5 mol, per 1 mol ofcompound (II).

Examples of the solvent that does not adversely influence the reactioninclude alcohols (e.g., methanol, ethanol, propanol, 2-propanol,butanol, isobutanol, tert-butanol etc.), hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene,toluene, xylene, hexane, heptane etc.), halogenated hydrocarbons (e.g.,dichloromethane, chloroform etc.), ethers (e.g., diethyl ether,diisopropyl ether, tert-butyl methyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane,dimethoxyethane etc.), nitriles (e.g., acetonitrile etc.), carboxylicacids (e.g., acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid etc.) and the like. Thesesolvents may be used in a mixture at an appropriate ratio.

The reaction temperature is generally about −80° C. to about 200° C.,preferably about −80° C. to about 100° C.

The reaction time is generally about 0.1 hr-about 100 hr, preferablyabout 0.5 hr-about 24 hr.

The thus-obtained compound (IV) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like. Alternatively, compound (IV) may be used, without isolation,for the next reaction.

Step 2

In this step, compound (V) is produced by subjecting compound (IV) to anintramolecular ring-closing reaction. While this reaction can beperformed according to a method known per se, it is generally performedin the presence of a base in, where necessary, a solvent that does notadversely influence the reaction.

Examples of the base include metal hydrides (e.g., potassium hydride,sodium hydride etc.), inorganic bases (e.g., alkali metal hydroxidessuch as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and thelike; alkali metal hydrogen carbonates such as sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate and the like; alkali metalcarbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate and the like;alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide, sodiumtert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide etc. and the like), organic bases(e.g., trimethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine,N-methylmorpholine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, pyridine,N,N-dimethylaniline, pyridazine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine etc.), alkalimetal disilazides (e.g., lithium hexamethyl disilazide, sodiumhexamethyl disilazide, potassium hexamethyl disilazide etc.) and thelike. Of these, metal hydrides such as potassium hydride, sodium hydrideand the like; alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium tert-butoxide,potassium tert-butoxide etc.; and the like are preferable.

While the amount of the base to be used varies depending on the kind ofsolvent and other reaction conditions, it is generally about 0.1mol-about 10 mol, preferably about 0.1 mol-about 5 mol, per 1 mol ofcompound (IV).

Examples of the solvent that does not adversely influence the reactioninclude hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene, hexane, heptaneetc.), ethers (e.g., diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tert-butyl methylether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane etc.), nitriles (e.g.,acetonitrile etc.), amides (e.g., N,N-dimethylformamide,N,N-dimethylacetamide etc.), sulfoxides (e.g., dimethyl sulfoxide etc.)and the like. These solvents may be used in a mixture at an appropriateratio.

The reaction temperature is generally about −50° C. to about 200° C.,preferably about −20° C. to about 100° C.

The reaction time varies depending on the kind of compound (IV),reaction temperature and the like, and is generally about 0.1 hr-about100 hr, preferably about 0.5 hr-about 24 hr.

The thus-obtained compound (V) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Step 3

In this step, compound (VI) is produced by subjecting compound (V) and acompound represented by the formula: R^(1a)—B(OH)₂ wherein R^(1a) is asdefined above, or a salt thereof (hereinafter sometimes to beabbreviated as R^(1a)—B(OH)₂) to a coupling reaction.

This reaction can be performed according to a method known per se [e.g.,the method described in Chemical Reviews, 1995, vol. 95, page 2457 etc.]and can be performed, for example, in the presence of a transition metalcatalyst and a base, in a solvent that does not adversely influence thereaction.

The amount of R^(1a)—B(OH)₂ to be used is generally about 1 mol-about 10mol, preferably about 1 mol-about 5 mol, per 1 mol of compound (V).

As the transition metal catalyst, palladium catalysts (e.g., palladiumacetate, palladium chloride, tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladiumetc.), nickel catalysts (e.g., nickel chloride etc.) and the like can beused. Where necessary, a ligand (e.g., triphenylphosphine,tri-tert-butylphosphine, tricyclopropylphosphine etc.) may be added, andmetal oxide (e.g., copper oxide, silver oxide etc.) and the like may beused as a cocatalyst.

While the amount of the transition metal catalyst to be used variesdepending on the kind of catalyst, it is generally about 0.0001mol-about 1 mol, preferably about 0.01 mol-about 0.5 mol, per 1 mol ofcompound (V). The amount of the ligand to be used is generally about0.0001 mol-about 4 mol, preferably about 0.01 mol-about 2 mol, per 1 molof compound (V). The amount of the cocatalyst to be used is generallyabout 0.0001 mol-about 4 mol, preferably about 0.01 mol-about 2 mol, per1 mol of compound (V).

Examples of the base include organic amines (e.g., trimethylamine,triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine,1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undec-7-ene, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline etc.),alkali metal salts (e.g., sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate,sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate, sodium hydroxide, potassiumhydroxide etc.), alkali metal hydrides (e.g., potassium hydride, sodiumhydride etc.), alkali metal alkoxides (e.g., sodium methoxide, sodiumethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide etc.), alkalimetal disilazides (e.g., lithium hexamethyl disilazide, sodiumhexamethyl disilazide, potassium hexamethyl disilazide etc.) and thelike. Of these, alkali metal salts such as sodium carbonate, potassiumcarbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate andthe like; alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium tert-butoxide, potassiumtert-butoxide and the like; organic amines such as triethylamine,diisopropylethylamine etc.; and the like are preferable.

The amount of the base to be used is generally about 0.1 mol-about 10mol, preferably about 1 mol-about 5 mol, per 1 mol of compound (V).

Examples of the solvent that does not adversely influence the reactioninclude hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene etc.), halogenatedhydrocarbons (e.g., chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane etc.), nitriles(e.g., acetonitrile etc.), ethers (e.g., dimethoxyethane,tetrahydrofuran etc.), alcohols (e.g., methanol, ethanol etc.), aproticpolar solvents (e.g., dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide,hexamethylphosphoramide etc.), water and the like. These solvents may beused in a mixture at an appropriate ratio.

The reaction temperature is generally about −10° C. to about 200° C.,preferably about 0° C. to about 150° C.

The reaction time is generally about 0.5 hr-about 48 hr, preferablyabout 0.5 hr-about 16 hr.

The thus-obtained compound (VI) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like. Alternatively, compound (VI) may be used, without isolation,for the next reaction.

Step 4

In this step, compound (Ia) is obtained by removing the protecting groupfrom compound (VI).

The protecting group can be removed by a reaction known per se as aprotecting group removal method or a method analogous thereto.

For example, when Pg is a benzyl group, the protecting group can beremoved by a catalytic hydrogenation reaction. The catalytichydrogenation reaction can be generally performed in a hydrogenatmosphere in the presence of a catalyst in a solvent that does notadversely influence the reaction. When R^(1a) is a C₃₋₆ cycloalkenylgroup, it is reduced to a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group by the catalytichydrogenation reaction.

Examples of the catalyst include palladiums (e.g., palladium carbon,palladium hydroxide-carbon, palladium oxide etc.), nickels (e.g.,developed nickel catalyst etc.), platinums (e.g., platinum oxide,platinum carbon etc.), rhodiums (e.g., rhodium carbon etc.) and thelike.

The amount of the catalyst to be used is generally about 0.001-about 1mol, preferably about 0.01-about 0.5 mol, per 1 mol of compound (VI).

Examples of the solvent that does not adversely influence the reactioninclude alcohols (e.g., methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol etc.),hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene etc.), halogenatedhydrocarbons (e.g., dichloromethane, chloroform etc.), ethers (e.g.,diethyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran etc.), esters (e.g., ethylacetate etc.), amides (e.g., N,N-dimethylformamide etc.), carboxylicacids (e.g., acetic acid etc.), water and the like. These solvents maybe used in a mixture at an appropriate ratio.

The hydrogen pressure at which the reaction is carried out is generallyabout 1 atm-about 50 atm, preferably about 1 atm-about 10 atm.

The reaction temperature is generally about 0° C. to about 150° C.,preferably about 20° C. to about 100° C.

The reaction time is generally about 5 min-about 72 hr, preferably about0.5 hr-about 40 hr.

The thus-obtained compound (Ia) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

In compounds (I), compound (Ib) wherein R¹ is a C₁₋₆ alkoxy groupoptionally substituted by C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group(s) can be produced, forexample, according to method B shown below, or a method analogousthereto.

[Method B]

wherein R^(1c) is a C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionally substituted by C₃₋₆cycloalkyl group(s).Step 1

In this step, compound (V) obtained in the aforementioned method A,steps 1 and 2 is converted to compound (VII) by subjecting to asubstitution reaction using a compound represented by the formula:R^(1c)OH wherein R^(1c) is as defined above (hereinafter sometimes to beabbreviated as R^(1c)OH).

This step can be performed according to a method known per se [e.g., themethod described in J. Am. Soc. Chem., 1997, vol. 119, page 3395 etc.]and can be performed, for example, in the presence of a transition metalcatalyst and a base, in a solvent that does not adversely influence thereaction.

The amount of R^(1c)OH to be used is generally about 1 mol-about 10 mol,preferably about 1 mol-about 5 mol, per 1 mol of compound (V).

As the transition metal catalyst, for example, palladium catalysts(e.g., palladium acetate(II), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0),palladium chloride(II), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) etc.)and the like can be used. Where necessary, a ligand (e.g.,2,2′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl,2,2′-bis(di-p-tolylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl,2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-1,1′-biphenyl,triphenylphosphine, tri-tert-butylphosphine and the like) may be added.

While the amount of the transition metal catalyst to be used variesdepending on the kind of catalyst, it is generally about 0.0001-about 1mol, preferably about 0.01-about 0.5 mol, per 1 mol of compound (V). Theamount of the ligand to be used is generally about 0.0001-about 4 mol,preferably about 0.01-about 0.2 mol, per 1 mol of compound (V).

Examples of the base include organic amines (e.g., trimethylamine,triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine,1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline etc.),alkali metal salts (e.g., sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate,sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate, sodium hydroxide, potassiumhydroxide etc.), metal hydrides (e.g., potassium hydride, sodium hydrideetc.), alkali metal alkoxides (e.g., sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide,sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide etc.), alkali metaldisilazides (e.g., lithiumhexamethyl disilazide, sodium hexamethyldisilazide, potassium hexamethyl disilazide etc.) and the like. Ofthese, metal hydrides such as potassium hydride, sodium hydride and thelike; alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium tert-butoxide, potassiumtert-butoxide etc.; and the like are preferable.

The amount of the base to be used is generally about 0.1-about 10 mol,preferably about 1-about 5 mol, per 1 mol of compound (V).

Examples of the solvent that does not adversely influence the reactioninclude hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene etc.), halogenatedhydrocarbons (e.g., chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane etc.), nitriles(e.g., acetonitrile etc.), ethers (e.g., dimethoxyethane,tetrahydrofuran etc.), aprotic polar solvents (e.g.,N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, hexamethylphosphoramide etc.)and the like. These solvents may be used in a mixture at an appropriateratio.

The reaction temperature is generally about −10° C. to about 200° C.,preferably about 0° C. to about 150° C.

The reaction time is generally about 0.5-about 48 hr, preferably about0.5-about 16 hr.

The thus-obtained compound (VII) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like. Alternatively, compound (VII) may be used, without isolation,for the next reaction.

Step 2

In this step, compound (Ib) is obtained by removing the protecting groupfrom compound (VII). This step can be performed in the same manner as inthe aforementioned method A, step 4.

The thus-obtained compound (Ib) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

In compound (I), compound (Ic) wherein R¹ is a morpholino groupoptionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkyl group(s), or compound (Ic) whereinR¹ is a di(C₁₋₆ alkyl)amino group can be produced, for example,according to method C shown below, or a method analogous thereto.

[Method C]

wherein R^(1d) and R^(1e) are the same or different and each is a C₁₋₆alkyl group, or R^(1d) and R^(1e) may form, together with the nitrogenatom bonded thereto, a morpholino group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆alkyl group(s); and other symbols are as defined above.Step 1

In this step, compound (VIII) is produced by reacting compound (V)obtained in the aforementioned method A, steps 1 and 2, with a compoundrepresented by the formula: R^(1d)R^(1e)NH wherein each symbol is asdefined above, or a salt thereof (hereinafter sometimes to beabbreviated as R^(1d)R^(1e)NH). This reaction can be performed accordingto a method known per se [e.g., the method described in J. Am. Chem.Soc., 2003, vol. 125, page 6653 or J. Org. Chem., 2000, vol. 65, page1174 etc.], and can be performed, for example, in the presence of atransition metal catalyst and a base, in a solvent that does notadversely influence the reaction.

The amount of R^(1d)R^(1e)NH to be used is generally about 1 mol-about100 mol, preferably about 1 mol-about 3 mol, per 1 mol of compound (V).

Examples of the transition metal catalyst include palladium catalysts(e.g., palladium acetate(II), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0),palladium chloride(II), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) etc.),nickel catalysts (e.g., nickel chloride etc.) and the like. Wherenecessary, a ligand (e.g.,2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-1,1′-biphenyl,triphenylphosphine,(R)-(−)-1-[(S)-2-(dicyclohexylphosphino)ferrocenyl]ethyldi-tert-butylphosphine,tri-tert-butylphosphine etc.) may be added.

While the amount of the transition metal catalyst to be used variesdepending on the kind thereof, it is generally about 0.0001 mol-about 1mol, preferably about 0.01 mol-about 0.5 mol, per 1 mol of compound (V).The amount of the ligand to be used is generally about 0.0001 mol-about4 mol, preferably about 0.01 mol-about 0.2 mol, per 1 mol of compound(V).

Examples of the base include organic amines (e.g., trimethylamine,triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine,1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline etc.),alkali metal salts (e.g., sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate,sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate, sodium hydroxide, potassiumhydroxide etc.), alkali metal hydrides (e.g., potassium hydride, sodiumhydride etc.), alkali metal alkoxides (e.g., sodium methoxide, sodiumethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide etc.), alkalimetal disilazides (e.g., lithium hexamethyl disilazide, sodiumhexamethyl disilazide, potassium hexamethyl disilazide etc.) and thelike. Of these, alkali metal salts such as potassium carbonate, cesiumcarbonate, sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate and the like; alkalimetal alkoxides such as sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxideand the like; organic amines such as triethylamine,diisopropylethylamine etc.; and the like are preferable.

The amount of the base to be used is generally about 0.1 mol-about 10mol, preferably about 1 mol-about 5 mol, per 1 mol of compound (V).

Examples of the solvent that does not adversely influence the reactioninclude hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene etc.), halogenatedhydrocarbons (e.g., chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane etc.), nitriles(e.g., acetonitrile etc.), ethers (e.g., dimethoxyethane,tetrahydrofuran etc.), aprotic polar solvents (e.g.,N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, hexamethylphosphoramide etc.)and the like. These solvents may be used in a mixture at an appropriateratio.

The reaction temperature is generally about −10° C. to about 200° C.,preferably about 0° C. to about 150° C.

The reaction time is generally about 0.5 hr-about 48 hr, preferablyabout 0.5 hr-about 16 hr.

The thus-obtained compound (VIII) can be isolated and purified by aknown separation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like. Alternatively, compound (VIII) may be used, without isolation,for the next reaction.

Step 2

In this step, compound (Ic) is obtained by removing the protecting groupfrom compound (VIII). This step can be performed in the same manner asin the aforementioned method A, step 4.

The thus-obtained compound (Ic) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Compound (I) can be produced, for example, according to method D shownbelow, or a method analogous thereto.

[Method D]

wherein each symbol is as defined above.

In this method, compound (I) is obtained by removing the protectinggroup from compound (IX).

The removal of the protecting group in the method can be performedaccording to a reaction known per se as a protecting group removalmethod or a method analogous thereto.

When Pg is a benzyl group, examples of the protecting group removalmethod include a treatment method with acid halide and the like. As theacid halide, 1-chloroethyl chloroformate,2,2,2-trichloro-1,1-dimethylethyl chloroformate, β-trimethylsilylethylchloroformate and the like can be used. Of these, 1-chloroethylchloroformate is preferably used. When R¹ is a C₃₋₆ cycloalkenyl group,deprotection can be performed without reduction of cycloalkenyl by thismethod.

When 1-chloroethyl chloroformate is used, the amount thereof to be usedis generally about 1-about 10 mol, preferably about 1-about 2 mol, per 1mol of compound (IX). The reaction can be generally performed in asolvent that does not adversely influence the reaction.

Examples of the solvent that does not adversely influence the reactioninclude hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene and the like),halogenated hydrocarbons (e.g., dichloromethane, chloroform and thelike), ethers (e.g., diethyl ether, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and thelike), esters (e.g., ethyl acetate and the like), amides (e.g.,N,N-dimethylformamide and the like), nitriles (e.g., acetonitrile andthe like) and the like. These solvents may be used in a mixture at anappropriate ratio.

The reaction temperature is generally about −80° C. to about 150° C.,preferably about 0° C. to about 100° C.

The reaction time is generally about 5 min-about 72 hr, preferably about0.5 hr-about 20 hr.

When 1-chloroethyl chloroformate is used, compound (IX) is reacted with1-chloroethyl chloroformate and the resulting compound is treated withalcohols (e.g., methanol, ethanol and the like), an aqueous solution(e.g., aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and the like) or water, wherebycompound (I) can be obtained.

The reaction temperature is generally about 0° C. to about 150° C.,preferably about 5° C. to about 100° C.

The reaction time is generally about 5 min-about 24 hr, preferably about0.5 hr-about 5 hr.

The thus-obtained compound (I) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Compound (VIII) in method C can also be produced using the followingmethod E or a method analogous thereto.

[Method E]

wherein each symbol is as defined above.Step 1

In this step, compound (XI) is produced by reacting compound (X) withR^(1d)R^(1e)NH. This reaction is generally performed in the presence ofa base and, where necessary, in a solvent that does not adverselyinfluence the reaction.

The amount of R^(1d)R^(1e) NH to be used is generally about 1 mol-about100 mol, preferably about 1 mol-about 3 mol, per 1 mol of compound (X).

Examples of the base include alkali metal hydrides (e.g., potassiumhydride, sodium hydride etc.), inorganic bases (e.g., alkali metalhydroxides such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassiumhydroxide and the like; alkali metal hydrogen carbonates such as sodiumhydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate and the like; alkalimetal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesiumcarbonate and the like; alkali metal alkoxide such as sodium methoxide,sodium ethoxide etc. and the like), organic bases (e.g., trimethylamine,triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine,1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline,pyridazine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine etc.) and the like. Of these, alkalimetal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesiumcarbonate and the like are preferable.

While the amount of the base to be used varies depending on the kind ofsolvent and other reaction conditions, it is generally about 0.1mol-about 10 mol, preferably about 0.1 mol-about 5 mol, per 1 mol ofcompound (X).

Examples of the solvent that does not adversely influence the reactioninclude hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene, hexane, heptaneetc.), ethers (e.g., diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tert-butyl methylether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane etc.), nitriles (e.g.,acetonitrile etc.), amides (e.g., N,N-dimethylformamide,N,N-dimethylacetamide etc.), sulfoxides (e.g., dimethyl sulfoxide etc.)and the like. These solvents may be used in a mixture at an appropriateratio.

The reaction temperature is generally about −50° C. to about 300° C.,preferably about 0° C. to about 200° C.

The reaction time varies depending on the kind of compound (X), reactiontemperature and the like, and is generally about 0.1 hr-about 100 hr,preferably about 0.5 hr 5-about 36 hr.

The thus-obtained compound (XI) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like. Alternatively, compound (XI) may be used, without isolation,for the next reaction.

Step 2

In this step, compound (XII) is produced by subjecting compound (XI) toa formylation reaction.

This reaction can be performed according to a method known per se [e.g.,the method described in 4th ed., Jikken Kagaku Koza, vol. 21, page 110etc.], and is generally performed using a Vilsmeier complex that can beprepared from formamide (e.g., N,N-dimethylformamide,N-methylformanilide etc.), and a halogenated reagent (e.g., phosphorylchloride, phosgene, oxalyl chloride, thionyl chloride,triphenylphosphine bromine complex etc.) and the like and, wherenecessary, in a solvent that does not adversely influence the reaction.

While the amount of formamide to be used varies depending on the kind ofsolvent and other reaction conditions, it is generally about 1 mol-about100 mol, preferably about 1 mol-about 10 mol, per 1 mol of compound(XI). Alternatively, formamide may be used as a solvent.

While the amount of the halogenated reagent to be used varies dependingon the kind of solvent and other reaction conditions, it is generallyabout 1 mol-about 10 mol, preferably about 1 mol-about 5 mol, per 1 molof compound (XI).

Examples of the solvent that does not adversely influence the reactioninclude hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene, hexane, heptaneetc.), ethers (e.g., diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tert-butyl methylether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane etc.), formamides(e.g., N,N-dimethylformamide, N-methylformanilide etc.) and the like.

For preparation of a Vilsmeier complex, the reaction temperatureemployed is generally about −50° C. to about 50° C., preferably about−20° C. to about 10° C.

The reaction time is generally about 0.1 hr-about 10 hr, preferablyabout 0.2 hr-about 1 hr.

In the reaction with a Vilsmeier complex and compound (XI), the reactiontemperature is generally about −50° C. to about 300° C., preferablyabout 0° C. to about 200° C.

The reaction time varies depending on the kind of compound (XI),reaction temperature and the like, and is generally about 0.1 hr-about100 hr, preferably about 0.5 hr-about 36 hr.

The thus-obtained compound (XII) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like. Alternatively, compound (XII) may be used, without isolation,for the next reaction.

Step 3

In this step, compound (XIII) is produced from compound (XII). Thisreaction can be performed according to the aforementioned method A, step1, or a method analogous thereto.

The thus-obtained compound (XIII) can be isolated and purified by aknown separation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like. Alternatively, compound (XIII) may be used, without isolation,for the next reaction.

Step 4

In this step, compound (VIII) is produced from compound (XIII). Thisreaction can be performed according to the aforementioned method A, step2, or a method analogous thereto.

The thus-obtained compound (VIII) can be isolated and purified by aknown separation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like. Alternatively, compound (VIII) may be used, without isolation,for the next reaction.

In the following, production methods of compound (I₀) of the presentinvention are explained.

Compound (I₀) of the present invention can be produced, for example,according to the following method F, method G, method H, method I,method J, method K, method L, method M or method N, or a methodanalogous thereto. Compounds (I₀a), (I₀b), (I₀c), (I₀d), (I₀e), (I₀f),(I₀g), (I₀h), (I₀i), (I₀j) and (I₀k) obtained by respective productionmethods are encompassed in compound (I₀).

[Method F]

wherein R^(1f) and R^(1g) are the same or different and each is (a) aC₁₋₆ alkyl group optionally substituted by substituent(s) selected froma C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group and a phenyl group, or (b) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkylgroup, or R^(1f) and R^(1g) form, together with the nitrogen atom bondedthereto, a morpholinyl group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkylgroup(s), a piperidyl group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkylgroup(s), or a pyrrolidinyl group optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkylgroup(s) optionally substituted by C₁₋₆ alkoxy group(s); and othersymbols are as defined above.Step 1

In this step, compound (XIV) is produced by reacting compound (X) with acompound represented by the formula: R^(1f)R^(1g)NH or a salt thereof(hereinafter sometimes to be abbreviated as R^(1f)R^(1g)NH). Thisreaction is generally performed in the presence of a base and, wherenecessary, in a solvent that does not adversely influence the reaction.

R^(1f)R^(1g)NH may be a commercially available product, or can beproduced from the corresponding starting compounds by applying a meansknown per se.

The amount of R^(1f)R^(1g)NH to be used is generally about 0.5 mol-about100 mol, preferably about 1 mol-about 10 mol, per 1 mol of compound (X).

Examples of the base include alkali metal hydrides (e.g., potassiumhydride, sodium hydride etc.), inorganic bases (e.g., alkali metalhydroxides such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassiumhydroxide and the like; alkali metal hydrogen carbonates such as sodiumhydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate and the like; alkalimetal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesiumcarbonate and the like; alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide,sodium ethoxide etc. and the like), organic bases (e.g., trimethylamine,triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine,1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline,pyridazine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine etc.) and the like. Of these, alkalimetal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesiumcarbonate and the like are preferable.

While the amount of the base to be used varies depending on the kind ofsolvent and other reaction conditions, it is generally about 0.1mol-about 10 mol, preferably about 0.1 mol-about 5 mol, per 1 mol ofcompound (X).

Examples of the solvent that does not adversely influence the reactioninclude hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene, hexane, heptaneetc.), ethers (e.g., diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tert-butyl methylether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane etc.), nitriles (e.g.,acetonitrile etc.), amides (e.g., N,N-dimethylformamide,N,N-dimethylacetamide etc.), sulfoxides (e.g., dimethyl sulfoxide etc.)and the like. These solvents may be used in a mixture at an appropriateratio.

The reaction temperature is generally about −50° C. to about 300° C.,preferably about 0° C. to about 200° C.

The reaction time varies depending on the kind of R^(1f)R^(1g)NH,reaction temperature and the like, and is generally about 0.1 hr-about100 hr, preferably about 0.5 hr-about 36 hr.

The thus-obtained compound (XIV) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like. Alternatively, compound (XIV) may be used, without isolation,for the next reaction.

Step 2

In this step, compound (XV) is produced by subjecting compound (XIV) toa formylation reaction.

This reaction can be performed according to a method known per se [e.g.,the method described in 4th ed., Jikken Kagaku Koza, vol. 21, page 110etc.], and is generally performed using a Vilsmeier complex that can beprepared from formamide (e.g., N,N-dimethylformamide,N-methylformanilide etc.), and a halogenated reagent (e.g., phosphorylchloride, phosgene, oxalyl chloride, thionyl chloride,triphenylphosphine bromine complex etc.) and the like and, wherenecessary, in a solvent that does not adversely influence the reaction.

While the amount of formamide to be used varies depending on the kind ofsolvent and other reaction conditions, it is generally about 0.5mol-about 100 mol, preferably about 1 mol-about 10 mol, per 1 mol ofcompound (XIV). Alternatively, formamide may be used as a solvent.

While the amount of the halogenated reagent to be used varies dependingon the kind of solvent and other reaction conditions, it is generallyabout 0.5 mol-about 10 mol, preferably about 1 mol-about 5 mol, per 1mol of compound (XIV).

Examples of the solvent that does not adversely influence the reactioninclude hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene, hexane, heptaneetc.), ethers (e.g., diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tert-butyl methylether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane etc.), formamides(e.g., N,N-dimethylformamide, N-methylformanilide etc.) and the like.

For preparation of a Vilsmeier complex, the reaction temperatureemployed is generally about −50° C. to about 50° C., preferably about−20° C. to about 10° C.

The reaction time is generally about 0.1 hr-about 10 hr, preferablyabout 0.2 hr-about 1 hr.

In the reaction with a Vilsmeier complex and compound (XIV), thereaction temperature is generally about −50° C. to about 300° C.,preferably about 0° C. to about 200° C.

The reaction time varies depending on the kind of compound (XIV),reaction temperature and the like, and is generally about 0.1 hr-about100 hr, preferably about 0.5 hr-about 36 hr.

The thus-obtained compound (XV) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like. Alternatively, compound (XV) may be used, without isolation,for the next reaction.

Step 3

In this step, compound (XVII) is produced from compound (XV) andcompound (XVI). This reaction can be performed according to theaforementioned method A, step 1, or a method analogous thereto.

The thus-obtained compound (XVII) can be isolated and purified by aknown separation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like. Alternatively, compound (XVII) may be used, without isolation,for the next reaction.

Step 4

In this step, compound (XVIII) is produced from compound (XVII). Thisreaction can be performed according to the aforementioned method A, step2, or a method analogous thereto.

The thus-obtained compound (XVIII) can be isolated and purified by aknown separation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like. Alternatively, compound (XVIII) may be used, withoutisolation, for the next reaction.

Step 5

In this step, compound (I₀a) is obtained by removing the protectinggroup from compound (XVIII). This step can be performed in the samemanner as in the aforementioned A, step 4.

The thus-obtained compound (I₀a) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

[Method G]

wherein R^(1h) is (a) a C₁₋₆ alkyl group optionally substituted bysubstituent(s) selected from a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group and a phenyl group,or (b) a C₃₋₆ cycloalkyl group; R^(1i) is a C₁₋₆ alkyl group; X ishalogen atoms such as a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atomand the like; and other symbols are as defined above.Step 1

In this step, compound (XIX) is produced by reacting compound (X) with acompound represented by the formula: R^(1h)NH₂ or a salt thereof. Thisstep can be performed according to the aforementioned method F, step 1,or a method analogous thereto.

The thus-obtained compound (XIX) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like. Alternatively, compound (XIX) may be used, without isolation,for the next reaction.

Step 2

In this step, compound (XX) is produced by subjecting compound (XIX) toan alkylation reaction. The alkylation reaction can be performedaccording to a conventional method in the presence of a base andalkylhalide represented by the formula: R^(1i)—X (hereinafter to beabbreviated as R^(1i)—X), in a solvent that does not adversely influencethe reaction.

Examples of the base include alkali metal hydrides (e.g., potassiumhydride, sodium hydride etc.), inorganic bases (e.g., alkali metalhydroxides such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassiumhydroxide and the like; alkali metal hydrogen carbonates such as sodiumhydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate and the like; alkalimetal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesiumcarbonate and the like; alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide,sodium ethoxide etc. and the like), organic bases (e.g., trimethylamine,triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine,1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline,pyridazine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine etc.), organic lithium reagents(e.g., n-butyl lithium, tert-butyl lithium, methyl lithium etc.), alkalimetal disilazides (e.g., lithium hexamethyl disilazide, sodiumhexamethyl disilazide, potassium hexamethyl disilazide etc.) and thelike.

R^(1i)—X may be a commercially available product, or can be producedfrom the corresponding starting compounds by applying a means known perse.

The amount of each of the base and R^(1i)—X to be used is about0.5-about 20 mol, preferably about 1-about 5 mol, per 1 mol of compound(XIX).

Examples of the solvent that does not adversely influence the reactioninclude ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and the like; halogenatedhydrocarbons such as chloroform and the like; aromatic hydrocarbons suchas toluene and the like; amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and thelike; sulfoxides such as dimethyl sulfoxide and the like, hexane etc.;and the like. These solvents may be used in a mixture at an appropriateratio.

The reaction temperature is generally about −78° C. to about 250° C.,preferably −78° C.-120° C. The reaction time is generally about0.5-about 24 hr.

The thus-obtained compound (XX) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like. Alternatively, compound (XX) may be used, without isolation,for the next reaction.

Step 3

In this step, compound (XXI) is produced by subjecting compound (XX) toformylation. This step can be performed according to the aforementionedmethod F, step 2, or a method analogous thereto. The thus-obtainedcompound (XXI) can be isolated and purified by a known separation andpurification means, for example, concentration, concentration underreduced pressure, solvent extraction, crystallization,recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography and the like.Alternatively, compound (XXI) may be used, without isolation, for thenext reaction.

Step 4

In this step, compound (XXII) is produced by subjecting compound (XXI)and compound (XVI) to a reductive amination reaction. This step can beperformed according to the aforementioned method A, step 1, or a methodanalogous thereto. The thus-obtained compound (XXII) can be isolated andpurified by a known separation and purification means, for example,concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like. Alternatively, compound (XXII) may be used, without isolation,for the next reaction.

Step 5

In this step, compound (XXIII) is produced from compound (XXII). Thisstep can be performed according to the aforementioned method A, step 2,or a method analogous thereto. The thus-obtained compound (XXIII) can beisolated and purified by a known separation and purification means, forexample, concentration, concentration under reduced pressure, solventextraction, crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer,chromatography and the like. Alternatively, compound (XXIII) may beused, without isolation, for the next reaction.

Step 6

In this step, compound (I₀b) is obtained by removing the protectinggroup from compound (XXIII). This step can be performed according to theaforementioned method A, step 4.

The thus-obtained compound (I₀b) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

[Method H]

wherein R^(1j) is a C₁₋₆ alkyl group; Pg′ is a protecting group; andother symbols are as defined above.

Examples of the “protecting group” for Pg′ include an amino-protectinggroup generally used for peptide synthesis and the like, which does notadversely influence the progress of the reaction in each step explainedbelow (e.g., a benzyl group, a p-methoxybenzyl group) and the like, withpreference given to a benzyl group.

Step 1

In this step, compound (XXIV) is produced by reacting compound (X) witha compound represented by the formula: R^(1j)PgNH or a salt thereof.This step can be performed in the same manner as in the aforementionedmethod F, step 1.

The thus-obtained compound (XXIV) can be isolated and purified by aknown separation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Step 2

In this step, compound (XXV) is produced by subjecting compound (XXIV)to a formylation reaction. This step can be performed in the same manneras in the aforementioned method F, step 2.

The thus-obtained compound (XXV) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Step 3

In this step, compound (XXVI) is produced from compound (XXV) andcompound (XVI). This reaction can be performed according to theaforementioned method A, step 1, or a method analogous thereto.

The thus-obtained compound (XXVI) can be isolated and purified by aknown separation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Step 4

In this step, compound (XXVII) is produced from compound (XXVI). Thisreaction can be performed according to the aforementioned method A, step2, or a method analogous thereto.

The thus-obtained compound (XXVII) can be isolated and purified by aknown separation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Step 5

In this step, the protecting group (Pg) is removed from compound(XXVII), and a tert-butoxycarbonyl group is introduced thereinto,whereby compound (XXVIII) is obtained. In this step, the protectinggroup (Pg) is removed in the same manner as in the aforementioned methodA, step 4, and a tert-butoxycarbonyl group can be introduced accordingto a known method.

The tert-butoxycarbonylation reaction is performed according to aconventional method and using di-tert-butyl dicarbonate in the presenceof a base, in a solvent that does not adversely influence the reaction.

Examples of the base include triethylamine, tributylamine,diisopropylethylamine, potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, sodiumhydride, potassium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide andthe like. The amount of the base to be used is about 0.5 mol-about 20mol, preferably, about 1 mol-about 5 mol, per 1 mol of compound (XXVII).

Examples of the solvent that does not adversely influence the reactioninclude ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and the like; halogenatedhydrocarbons such as chloroform and the like; aromatic hydrocarbons suchas toluene and the like; amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide and thelike; sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide etc.; and the like. Thesesolvents may be used in a mixture at an appropriate ratio.

The reaction temperature is generally about −50° C. to about 250° C.,preferably 0° C.-120° C. The reaction time is generally about 0.5-about24 hr.

The thus-obtained compound (XXVIII) can be isolated and purified by aknown separation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Step 6

In this step, compound (XXIX) is obtained by removing the protectinggroup (Pg′) from compound (XXVIII). This step can be performed in thesame manner as in the aforementioned method A, step 4.

The thus-obtained compound (XXIX) can be isolated and purified by aknown separation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Step 7

In this step, compound (XXIX) is subjected to an alkylation reaction andconverted to compound (XXX). This step can be performed in the samemanner as in the aforementioned method G, step 2.

The thus-obtained compound (XXX) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Step 8

In this step, compound (I₀c) is produced by removing thetert-butoxycarbonyl group from compound (XXX). While this reaction canbe performed according to a method known per se, it is generallyperformed by reaction with an acid in a solvent that does not adverselyinfluence the reaction.

Examples of the acid include hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid,sulfuric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid,hydrogen chloride and the like. The amount of the acid to be used isabout 0.5-about 200 mol, preferably about 1-about 100 mol, per 1 mol ofcompound (XXX).

Examples of the solvent that does not adversely influence the reactioninclude alcohols (e.g., methanol etc.), ethers (e.g., tetrahydrofuranetc.), halogenated hydrocarbons (e.g., chloroform etc.), aromatichydrocarbons (e.g., toluene etc.), amides (e.g., N,N-dimethylformamideetc.), sulfoxides (e.g., dimethyl sulfoxide etc.), esters (e.g., ethylacetate etc.) and the like. These solvents may be used in a mixture atan appropriate ratio.

The reaction temperature is generally about −50° C. to about 250° C.,preferably about 0° C. to about 120° C. The reaction time is generallyabout 0.5-about 24 hr.

The thus-obtained compound (I₀c) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

[Method I]

wherein each symbol is as defined above.Step 1

In this step, compound (I₀d) is obtained by removing thetert-butoxycarbonyl group from compound (XXIX). This step can beperformed in the same manner as in the aforementioned method H, step 8.

The thus-obtained compound (I₀d) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

[Method J]

wherein R^(4a) and R^(4b) are each independently a C₁₋₆ alkyl group; andother symbols are as defined above.Step 1

In this step, compound (XXXI) is produced from compound (II) andcompound (XVI). This reaction can be performed according to theaforementioned method A, step 1, or a method analogous thereto.

The thus-obtained compound (XXXI) can be isolated and purified by aknown separation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Step 2

In this step, compound (XXXII) is produced from compound (XXXI). Thisreaction can be performed according to the aforementioned method A, step2, or a method analogous thereto.

The thus-obtained compound (XXXII) can be isolated and purified by aknown separation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Step 3

In this step, compound (XXXIII) is produced by reacting compound (XXXII)with an ammonia equivalent, followed by reaction with an acid orfluorine reagent.

This reaction can be performed according to a method known per se [e.g.,the method described in Organic Letters, 2001, vol. 3, page 3417 etc.]and can be performed, for example, by reacting compound (XXXII) with anammonia equivalent in the presence of a transition metal catalyst and abase, in a solvent that does not adversely influence the reaction,followed by reaction with an acid or fluorine reagent.

Examples of the ammonia equivalent include benzophenone imine,aminotriphenylsilane, alkali metal disilazides (e.g., lithium hexamethyldisilazide, sodium hexamethyl disilazide, potassium hexamethyldisilazide etc.) and the like.

The amount of the ammonia equivalent to be used is generally about0.5-about 20 mol, preferably, about 1-about 5 mol, per 1 mol of compound(XXXII).

Examples of the transition metal catalyst include palladium catalysts(e.g., palladium acetate(II), tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0),palladium chloride(II), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) etc.),nickel catalysts (e.g., nickel chloride etc.) and the like. Wherenecessary, a ligand (e.g.,2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2′,4′,6′-triisopropyl-1,1′-biphenyl,triphenylphosphine, 22-(dicyclohexylphosphino)biphenyl,tri(tert-butyl)phosphine etc.) may be added.

While the amount of the transition metal catalyst to be used variesdepending on the kind of solvent and other reaction conditions, it isgenerally about 0.0001 mol-about 1 mol, preferably about 0.01 mol-about0.5 mol, per 1 mol of compound (XXXII). The amount of the ligand to beused is generally about 0.0001 mol-about 4 mol, preferably about 0.01mol-about 0.2 mol, per 1 mol of compound (XXXII).

Examples of the base include organic amines (e.g., trimethylamine,triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine,1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline etc.),alkali metal salts (e.g., sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate,sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate, sodium hydroxide, potassiumhydroxide etc.), alkali metal hydrides (e.g., potassium hydride, sodiumhydride etc.), alkali metal alkoxides (e.g., sodium methoxide, sodiumethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide etc.), alkalimetal disilazides (e.g., lithium hexamethyl disilazide, sodiumhexamethyl disilazide, potassium hexamethyl disilazide etc.) and thelike. Of these, alkali metal salts such as potassium carbonate, cesiumcarbonate, sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate and the like; alkalimetal alkoxides such as sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxideand the like; organic amines such as triethylamine,diisopropylethylamine etc.; and the like are preferable.

The amount of the base to be used is generally about 0.1 mol-about 10mol, preferably about 1 mol-about 5 mol, per 1 mol of compound (XXXII).

Examples of the solvent that does not adversely influence the reactioninclude hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene etc.), halogenatedhydrocarbons (e.g., chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane etc.), nitriles(e.g., acetonitrile etc.), ethers (e.g., dimethoxyethane,tetrahydrofuran etc.), aprotic polar solvents (e.g.,N,N-dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide, hexamethylphosphoramide etc.)and the like. These solvents may be used in a mixture at an appropriateratio.

The reaction temperature is generally about −10° C. to about 200° C.,preferably about 0° C. to about 150° C.

The reaction time is generally about 0.5 hr-about 48 hr, preferablyabout 0.5 hr-about 16 hr.

After reaction with an ammonia equivalent, the reaction mixture isreacted with an acid or fluorine reagent, whereby compound (XXXIII) canbe obtained.

Examples of the acid include mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid,phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and the like, organic acids such astoluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, acetic acid and the like. Ofthese, hydrochloric acid is preferable.

The amount of the acid to be used is about 0.1 mol-about 100 mol,preferably about 1 mol-about 50 mol, per 1 mol of compound (XXXII).

When alkali metal disilazide (e.g., lithium hexamethyl disilazide,sodium hexamethyl disilazide, potassium hexamethyl disilazide etc.) isused as an ammonia equivalent, a fluorine reagent (e.g.,tetrabutylammonium fluoride, pyridine-hydrogen fluoride complex, lithiumtetrafluoroborate) may be used. Of these, tetrabutylammonium fluoride ispreferable.

The amount of the fluorine reagent to be used is about 0.5 mol-about 100mol, preferably about 1-about 10 mol, per 1 mol of compound (XXXII).

The reaction temperature is generally about −10° C. to about 200° C.,preferably about 0° C. to about 150° C.

The reaction time is generally about 0.5 hr-about 48 hr, preferablyabout 0.5 hr-about 16 hr.

The thus-obtained compound (XXXIII) can be isolated and purified by aknown separation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like. Alternatively, compound (XXXIII) may be used, withoutisolation, for the next reaction.

Step 4

In this step, compound (I₀e) is obtained by removing a protecting groupfrom compound (XXXIII). This step can be performed in the same manner asin the aforementioned method A, step 4.

The thus-obtained compound (I₀e) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Step 5

In this step, compound (XXXIV) is produced by reacting compound (XXXIII)with diketone form (XLI). Where necessary, acid (e.g., mineral acidssuch as hydrochloric acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and the like,organic acids such as toluenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, aceticacid and the like) may be added in an amount of about 0.1 mol-about 10mol, preferably about 0.5 mol-about 10 mol, per 1 mol of compound(XXXIII).

The amount of the diketone form (XLI) to be used is about 0.5 mol-about20 mol, preferably about 1 mol-about 10 mol, per 1 mol of compound(XXXIII).

This reaction is advantageously performed without a solvent or in asolvent inert to the reaction. While such solvent is not particularlylimited as long as the reaction proceeds, for example, alcohols such asmethanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 2-propanol, tert-butyl alcohol and thelike; halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, chloroform,1,2-dichloroethane and the like; ethers such as diethyl ether,diisopropyl ether, diphenylether, tetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane,1,2-dimethoxyethane and the like; aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene,toluene and the like; saturated hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane, hexaneand the like; amides such as N,N-dimethylformamide,N,N-dimethylacetamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide and the like;organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propanoic acid,trifluoroacetic acid, methanesulfonic acid etc. and the like, or a mixedsolvent thereof and the like are preferable.

While the reaction time varies depending on the reagent and solvent tobe used, it is generally about 10 min-about 100 hr, preferably about 30min-about 50 hr.

The reaction temperature is generally about −20° C. to about 150° C.,preferably about 0° C. to about 100° C.

The thus-obtained compound (XXXIV) can be isolated and purified by aknown separation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Step 6

In this step, compound (I₀f) is obtained by removing the protectinggroup from compound (XXXIV). This step can be performed in the samemanner as in the aforementioned method A, step 4.

The thus-obtained compound (I₀f) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

[Method K]

wherein R⁵ is a C₁₋₆ alkyl group; and other symbols are as definedabove.Step 1

In this step, compound (XXXVII) is produced by reacting compound (XXXV)with compound (XXXVI).

This reaction can be performed in the presence of a base and, wherenecessary, in the presence of a copper salt, in a solvent that does notadversely influence the reaction.

While the amount of compound (XXXVI) to be used varies depending on thekind of solvent and other reaction conditions, it is generally about 0.5mol-about 50 mol, preferably about 1 mol-about 10 mol, per 1 mol ofcompound (XXXV).

Examples of the base include metal hydrides (e.g., potassium hydride,sodium hydride etc.), inorganic bases (e.g., alkali metal hydroxidessuch as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and thelike; alkali metal hydrogen carbonates such as sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate and the like; alkali metalcarbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesiumcarbonate and the like; alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide,sodium ethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide etc. andthe like), organic bases (e.g., trimethylamine, triethylamine,diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine,1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline,pyridazine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine etc.), alkali metal disilazides(e.g., lithium hexamethyl disilazide, sodium hexamethyl disilazide,potassium hexamethyl disilazide etc.) and the like. Of these, alkalimetal carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesiumcarbonate etc.; and the like are preferable.

While the amount of the base to be used varies depending on the kind ofsolvent and other reaction conditions, it is generally about 0.1mol-about 10 mol, preferably about 0.1 mol-about 5 mol, per 1 mol ofcompound (XXXV).

Examples of the copper salt include copper halides (e.g., copperchloride, copper bromide, copper iodide etc.), copper oxide, coppersulfate, copper acetate, copper trifluoromethanesulfonate and the like.Of these, copper halides such as copper chloride, copper bromide, copperiodide and the like are preferable.

While the amount of the copper salt to be used varies depending on thekind of solvent and other reaction conditions, it is generally about0.01 mol-about 50 mol, preferably about 0.1 mol-about 10 mol, per 1 molof compound (XXXV).

Examples of the solvent that does not adversely influence the reactioninclude hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene, hexane, heptaneetc.), ethers (e.g., diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tert-butyl methylether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane etc.), nitriles (e.g.,acetonitrile etc.), amides (e.g., N,N-dimethylformamide,N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone etc.), sulfoxides (e.g.,dimethyl sulfoxide etc.) and the like. These solvents may be used in amixture at an appropriate ratio.

The reaction temperature is generally about −50° C. to about 300° C.,preferably about −20° C. to about 150° C.

The reaction time varies depending on the kind of compound (XXXV),reaction temperature and the like, and is generally about 0.1 hr-about100 hr, preferably about 0.5 hr-about 24 hr.

The thus-obtained compound (XXXVII) can be isolated and purified by aknown separation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Step 2

In this step, compound (I₀g) is obtained by removing the protectinggroup from compound (XXXVII). This step can be performed in the samemanner as in the aforementioned method A, step 4.

The thus-obtained compound (I₀g) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

[Method L]

wherein R^(3a) is a halogen atom; R^(3b) is a C₁₋₆ alkyl group; andother symbols are as defined above.Step 1

In this step, compound (XXXVIII) is obtained by halogenating compound(XVIII).

This reaction can be performed using a halogen reagent (for example,chlorine, bromine, iodine), N-halogenated succinimide (e.g.,N-chlorosuccinimide, N-bromosuccinimide, N-iodosuccinimide) in a solventthat does not adversely influence the reaction.

The amount of the halogen reagent or halogenated succinimide to be usedis generally about 0.5 mol-10 mol, preferably about 1 mol-about 3 mol,per 1 mol of compound (XVIII).

Examples of the solvent that does not adversely influence the reactioninclude hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene, hexane, heptaneetc.), ethers (e.g., diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tert-butyl methylether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane etc.), nitriles (e.g.,acetonitrile etc.), amides (e.g., N,N-dimethylformamide,N,N-dimethylacetamide etc.), sulfoxides (e.g., dimethyl sulfoxide etc.),organic acids (e.g., formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid) and thelike. These solvents may be used in a mixture at an appropriate ratio.

The reaction temperature is generally within the range of about −50° C.to about 300° C., preferably about 0° C. to about 200° C. The reactiontime varies depending on the kind of compound (XVIII), reactiontemperature and the like, and is generally about 0.1 hr-about 100 hr,preferably about 0.5 hr-about 36 hr.

The thus-obtained compound (XXXVIII) can be isolated and purified by aknown separation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Step 2

In this step, compound (I₀h) is obtained by removing the protectinggroup from compound (XXXVIII). This step can be performed in the samemanner as in the aforementioned method D.

The thus-obtained compound (I₀h) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Step 3

In this step, compound (XXXIX) is produced by subjecting compound(XXXVIII) and a compound represented by the formula: R^(3b)—B(OR)₂(hereinafter to be abbreviated as R^(3b)—B(OR)₂) to a coupling reaction.

This reaction can be performed according to a method known per se [e.g.,the method described in Chemical Reviews, 1995, vol. 95, page 2457 etc.]and can be performed, for example, in the presence of a transition metalcatalyst and a base, in a solvent that does not adversely influence thereaction.

The amount of R^(3b)—B(OR)₂ to be used is generally about 0.5 mol-about10 mol, preferably about 1 mol-about 5 mol, per 1 mol of compound(XXXVIII).

As the transition metal catalyst, palladium catalysts (e.g., palladiumacetate(II), palladium chloride(II),tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) etc.), nickel catalysts (e.g.,nickel chloride etc.) and the like can be used. Where necessary, aligand (e.g., triphenylphosphine, tri(tert-butyl)phosphine,tri(cyclopropyl)phosphine etc.) may be added, and metal oxide (e.g.,copper oxide, silver oxide etc.) and the like may be used as acocatalyst.

While the amount of the transition metal catalyst to be used variesdepending on the kind of catalyst, it is generally about 0.0001mol-about 1 mol, preferably about 0.01 mol-about 0.5 mol, per 1 mol ofcompound (XXXVIII). The amount of the ligand to be used is generallyabout 0.0001 mol-about 4 mol, preferably about 0.01 mol-about 2 mol, per1 mol of compound (XXXVIII). The amount of the cocatalyst to be used isgenerally about 0.0001 mol-about 4 mol, preferably about 0.01 mol-about2 mol, per 1 mol of compound (XXXVIII).

Examples of the base include organic amines (e.g., trimethylamine,triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine,1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undec-7-ene, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline etc.),alkali metal salts (e.g., sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogencarbonate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, cesium carbonate,sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate, sodium hydroxide, potassiumhydroxide etc.), alkali metal hydrides (e.g., potassium hydride, sodiumhydride etc.), alkali metal alkoxides (e.g., sodium methoxide, sodiumethoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, potassium tert-butoxide etc.), alkalimetal disilazides (e.g., lithium hexamethyl disilazide, sodiumhexamethyl disilazide, potassium hexamethyl disilazide etc.) and thelike. Of these, alkali metal salts such as sodium carbonate, potassiumcarbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium phosphate, potassium phosphate andthe like; alkali metal alkoxides such as sodium tert-butoxide, potassiumtert-butoxide and the like; organic amines such as triethylamine,diisopropylethylamine etc.; and the like are preferable.

The amount of the base to be used is generally about 0.1 mol-about 10mol, preferably about 1 mol-about 5 mol, per 1 mol of compound(XXXVIII).

Examples of the solvent that does not adversely influence the reactioninclude hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene etc.), halogenatedhydrocarbons (e.g., chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane etc.), nitriles(e.g., acetonitrile etc.), ethers (e.g., dimethoxyethane,tetrahydrofuran etc.), alcohols (e.g., methanol, ethanol etc.), aproticpolar solvents (e.g., dimethylformamide, dimethyl sulfoxide,hexamethylphosphoramide etc.), water and the like. These solvents may beused in a mixture at an appropriate ratio.

The reaction temperature is generally about −10° C. to about 200° C.,preferably about 0° C. to about 150° C.

The reaction time is generally about 0.5 hr-about 48 hr, preferablyabout 0.5 hr-about 16 hr.

The thus-obtained compound (XXXIX) can be isolated and purified by aknown separation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Step 4

In this step, compound (I₀i) is obtained by removing the protectinggroup from compound (XXXIX). This step can be performed in the samemanner as in the aforementioned method H, step 8.

The thus-obtained compound (I₀i) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

[Method M]

wherein R⁶ is a C₁₋₆ alkyl group; and other symbols are as definedabove.Step 1

In this step, compound (XL) is produced by reacting compound (XXXII)with a compound represented by R⁶—SH (hereinafter to be abbreviated asR⁶—SH) to be subjected to a sulfanylation reaction. While this reactioncan be performed according to a method known per se, it is generallyperformed in the presence of a base and, where necessary, in a solventthat does not adversely influence the reaction.

The amount o R⁶—SH to be used is generally about 0.5 mol-about 100 mol,preferably about 1 mol-about 3 mol, per 1 mol of compound (XXXII).

Examples of the base include metal hydrides (e.g., potassium hydride,sodium hydride etc.), inorganic bases (e.g., alkali metal hydroxidessuch as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide and thelike; alkali metal hydrogen carbonates such as sodium hydrogencarbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate and the like; alkali metalcarbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate and the like;alkoxides such as sodium methoxide, sodium ethoxide etc. and the like),organic bases (e.g., trimethylamine, triethylamine,diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine,1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline,pyridine, pyridazine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine etc.) and the like. Ofthese, metal hydrides such as sodium hydride and the like arepreferable. While the amount of the base to be used varies depending onthe kind of solvent and other reaction conditions, it is generally about0.1 mol-about 10 mol, preferably about 1 mol-about 5 mol, per 1 mol ofcompound (XXXII).

Examples of the solvent that does not adversely influence the reactioninclude hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene, hexane, heptaneetc.), ethers (e.g., diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tert-butyl methylether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane etc.), nitriles (e.g.,acetonitrile etc.), amides (e.g., N,N-dimethylformamide,N,N-dimethylacetamide etc.), sulfoxides (e.g., dimethyl sulfoxide etc.)and the like. These solvents may be used in a mixture at an appropriateratio.

The reaction temperature is generally about −50° C. to about 300° C.,preferably about 0° C. to about 200° C.

The reaction time varies depending on the kind of R⁶—SH, reactiontemperature and the like, and is generally about 0.1 hr-about 100 hr,preferably about 0.5 hr-about 36 hr.

The thus-obtained compound (XL) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means such as concentration, concentrationunder reduced pressure, solvent extraction, crystallization,recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography and the like.

Step 2

In this step, compound (I₀j) is obtained by removing the protectinggroup from compound (XL). This step can be performed in the same manneras in the aforementioned method D.

The thus-obtained compound (I₀j) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

[Method N]

wherein each symbol is as defined above.Step 1

In this step, compound (XLII) is produced by reacting compound (XXXII)with a compound represented by formula: R^(1j)NH₂ or a salt thereof.This step can be performed in the same manner as in the aforementionedmethod C, step 1, or a method analogous thereto.

The thus-obtained compound (XLII) can be isolated and purified by aknown separation and purification means such as concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Step 2

In this step, compound (XLIII) is produced by reacting compound (XLII)with a compound represented by formula: R^(1i)—X. This step can beperformed in the same manner as in the aforementioned method G, step 2,or a method analogous thereto.

The thus-obtained compound (XLIII) can be isolated and purified by aknown separation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Step 3

In this step, compound (I₀k) is obtained by removing the protectinggroup from compound (XLIII). This step can be performed in the samemanner as in the aforementioned method A, step 4.

The thus-obtained compound (I₀k) can be isolated and purified by a knownseparation and purification means, for example, concentration,concentration under reduced pressure, solvent extraction,crystallization, recrystallization, phase transfer, chromatography andthe like.

Compound (I₀) and compound (I) can be isolated and purified by a knownmeans, for example, phase transfer, concentration, solvent extraction,fractionation, liquid conversion, crystallization, recrystallization,chromatography and the like. When compound (I₀) or compound (I) isobtained as a free compound, it can be converted to an object saltaccording to a method known per se or a method analogous thereto. On thecontrary, when it is obtained as a salt, it can be converted to a freeform or other object salt according to a method known per se or a methodanalogous thereto.

When compound (I₀) or (I) contains isomers such as an optical isomer, astereoisomer, a regioisomer and a rotamer, such isomers and a mixturethereof are also encompassed in compound (I₀) or (I). In addition, anisomer may be formed by conformation, and such isomers and a mixturethereof are also encompassed in compound (I₀) or compound (I). Theseisomers can be obtained as single products by a synthesis method orseparation method known per se (e.g., concentration, solvent extraction,column chromatography, recrystallization, etc.). For example, whencompound (I₀) or (I) has optical isomers, an optical isomer resolvedfrom this compound is also encompassed in compound (I₀) or (I).

The optical isomer can be produced by a method known per se. To bespecific, an optically active synthetic intermediate is used, or thefinal racemate product is subjected to optical resolution according to aconventional method to give an optical isomer.

The method of optical resolution may be a method known per se, such as afractional recrystallization method, a chiral column method, adiastereomer method, etc.

1) Fractional Recrystallization Method

A method wherein a salt of a racemate with an optically active compound(e.g., (+)-mandelic acid, (−)-mandelic acid, (+)-tartaric acid,(−)-tartaric acid, (+)-1-phenethylamine, (−)-1-phenethylamine,cinchonine, (−)-cinchonidine, brucine, etc.) is formed, which isseparated by a fractional recrystallization method, and if desired, afree optical isomer is obtained by a neutralization step.

2) Chiral Column Method

A method wherein a racemate or a salt thereof is applied to a column forseparation of an optical isomer (a chiral column) to allow separation.In the case of a liquid chromatography, for example, a mixture of theoptical isomers is applied to a chiral column such as ENANTIO-OVM(manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), CHIRAL series (manufactured byDaicel Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and the like, and developed withwater, various buffers (e.g., phosphate buffer, etc.) and organicsolvents (e.g., ethanol, methanol, isopropanol, acetonitrile,trifluoroacetic acid, diethylamine, etc.) solely or in admixture toseparate the optical isomer. In the case of a gas chromatography, forexample, a chiral column such as CP-Chirasil-DeX CB (manufactured by GLSciences Inc.) and the like is used to allow separation.

3) Diastereomer Method

A method wherein a racemic mixture is prepared into a diastereomericmixture by chemical reaction with an optically active reagent, which ismade into a single substance by a typical separation means (e.g., afractional recrystallization method, a chromatography method, etc.) andthe like, and is subjected to a chemical treatment such as hydrolysisand the like to separate an optically active reagent moiety, whereby anoptical isomer is obtained. For example, when compound (I₀) or (I)contains a hydroxyl group, or a primary or secondary amino group in amolecule, the compound and an optically active organic acid (e.g., MTPA[α-methoxy-α-(trifluoromethyl)phenylacetic acid], (−)-menthoxyaceticacid etc.) and the like are subjected to condensation reaction to givediastereomers in the ester form or in the amide form, respectively. Whencompound (I₀) or (I) has a carboxyl group, this compound and anoptically active amine or an optically active alcohol group aresubjected to condensation reaction to give diastereomers in the amideform or in the ester form, respectively. The separated diastereomer isconverted to an optical isomer of the original compound by acidhydrolysis or base hydrolysis.

Compound (I₀) and compound (I) may be crystals, and they are encompassedin compound (I₀) and compound (I) whether the crystal form is singularor a mixture of the crystal forms.

The crystals of the compound (I₀) or (I) can be produced bycrystallization of compound (I₀) or (I) according to crystallizationmethods known per se.

Examples of the crystallization method include a method ofcrystallization from a solution, a method of crystallization from vapor,a method of crystallization from the melts and the like.

The “method of crystallization from a solution” is typically a method ofshifting a non-saturated state to supersaturated state by varyingfactors involved in solubility of compounds (solvent composition, pH,temperature, ionic strength, redox state, etc.) or the amount ofsolvent. Specific examples thereof include a concentration method, aslow cooling method, a reaction method (a diffusion method, anelectrolysis method), a hydrothermal growth method, a flux method andthe like. Examples of the solvent to be used include aromatichydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, xylene, etc.), halogenatedhydrocarbons (e.g., dichloromethane, chloroform, etc.), saturatedhydrocarbons (e.g., hexane, heptane, cyclohexane, etc.), ethers (e.g.,diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, etc.),nitriles (e.g., acetonitrile, etc.), ketones (e.g., acetone, etc.),sulfoxides (e.g., dimethyl sulfoxide, etc.), acid amides (e.g.,N,N-dimethylformamide, etc.), esters (e.g., ethyl acetate, etc.),alcohols (e.g., methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, etc.), water andthe like. These solvents are used alone or in a combination of two ormore at a suitable ratio (e.g., 1:1 to 1:100 (a volume ratio)). Wherenecessary, a seed crystal can be used.

The “method of crystallization from vapor” is, for example, avaporization method (a sealed tube method, a gas stream method), a gasphase reaction method, a chemical transportation method and the like.

The “method of crystallization from the melts” is, for example, a normalfreezing method (a pulling method, a temperature gradient method, aBridgman method), a zone melting method (a zone leveling method, afloating zone method), a special growth method (a VLS method, a liquidphase epitaxy method) and the like.

Preferable examples of the crystallization method include a methodcomprising dissolving compound (I₀) or compound (I) in a suitablesolvent (e.g., alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and the like, etherssuch as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane etc.,etc.) at 20° C. to 120° C., and cooling the obtained solution to atemperature (e.g., 0-50° C., preferably 0-20° C.) not higher than thedissolution temperature, and the like. In this case, a nitrogen gas andthe like may be flown to evaporate the solvent.

The thus obtained crystals of compound (I₀) or (I) of the presentinvention can be isolated, for example, by filtration and the like.

An analysis method of the obtained crystal is generally a method ofcrystal analysis by powder X-ray diffraction. As a method of determiningcrystal orientation, a mechanical method or an optical method and thelike can also be used.

The crystal of compound (I₀) or (I) obtained by the above-mentionedproduction method (hereinafter to be abbreviated as “the crystal of thepresent invention”) has high purity, high quality, and lowhygroscopicity, is not denatured even after a long-term preservationunder general conditions, and is extremely superior in the stability. Inaddition, it is also superior in the biological properties (e.g.,pharmacokinetics (absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion),efficacy expression etc.) and is extremely useful as a pharmaceuticalcomposition.

In the present specification, the melting point means a melting pointmeasured using, for example, a micro melting point determinationapparatus (YANACO, MP-500D), a DSC (differential scanning calorimetry)apparatus (SEIKO, EXSTAR6000) or the like.

The compound (I₀) and compound (I) may be pharmaceutically acceptablecocrystals or cocrystal salts. Here, the cocrystals and cocrystal saltsmean crystalline substances consisting of two or more kinds ofparticular solids at room temperature, each having different physicalproperties (e.g., structure, melting point, heat of melting,hygroscopicity, solubility, stability etc.). The cocrystals andcocrystal salts can be produced by a cocrystallization method known perse.

Compound (I₀) and compound (I) may be used as prodrugs. A prodrug of thecompound (I₀) or (I) means a compound which is converted to the compound(I₀) or (I) with a reaction due to an enzyme, an gastric acid, etc.under the physiological condition in the living body, that is, acompound which is converted to the compound (I₀) or (I) with oxidation,reduction, hydrolysis, etc. according to an enzyme; or a compound whichis converted to the compound (I₀) or (I) by hydrolysis etc. due togastric acid, etc.

A prodrug of compound (I₀) or (I) may be a compound obtained bysubjecting an amino group in compound (I₀) or (I) to an acylation,alkylation or phosphorylation (e.g., a compound obtained by subjectingan amino group in compound (I₀) or (I) to an eicosanoylation,alanylation, pentylaminocarbonylation,(5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxolen-4-yl)methoxycarbonylation,tetrahydrofuranylation, pyrrolidylmethylation, pivaloyloxymethylation,tert-butylation, etc.); a compound obtained by subjecting a hydroxygroup in compound (I₀) or (I) to an acylation, alkylation,phosphorylation or boration (e.g., a compound obtained by subjecting ahydroxy group in compound (I₀) or (I) to an acetylation, palmitoylation,propanoylation, pivaloylation, fumarylation, alanylation,dimethylaminomethylcarbonylation, etc.); a compound obtained bysubjecting a carboxyl group in compound (I₀) or (I) to an esterificationor amidation (e.g., a compound obtained by subjecting a carboxyl groupin compound (I₀) or (I) to an ethyl esterification, phenylesterification, carboxymethyl esterification, dimethylaminomethylesterification, pivaloyloxymethyl esterification, ethoxycarbonyloxyethylesterification, phthalidyl esterification,(5-methyl-2-oxo-1,3-dioxolen-4-yl)methyl esterification,cyclohexyloxycarbonylethyl esterification, methylamidation, etc.) andthe like. Any of these compounds can be produced from compound (I₀) or(I) by a method known per se.

A prodrug of compound (I₀) or (I) may also be one which is converted tocompound (I₀) or (I) under a physiological condition, such as thosedescribed in IYAKUHIN no KAIHATSU (Development of Pharmaceuticals), Vol.7, Design of Molecules, p. 163-198, Published by HIROKAWA SHOTEN (1990).

Compound (I₀) or (I) or a prodrug thereof (hereinafter sometimes to beabbreviated as “the compound of the present invention” in the presentspecification) has a superior serotonin 5-HT_(2C) receptor activatingaction.

Furthermore, the compound of the present invention is useful asmedicament, since it has superior oral absorbability and is low toxicand safe.

Accordingly, the compound of the present invention is useful as aimproving, prophylactic or therapeutic drug for all serotonin 5-HT_(2C)associated diseases in mammals (e.g., human, monkey, bovine, horse,swine, mouse, rat, hamster, rabbit, cat, dog, sheep, goat and the like),for example, diseases described in (1)-(19) below:

(1) lower urinary tract diseases [for example, overactive bladder,benign prostatic hyperplasia, interstitial cystitis, chronicprostatitis, urine collection symptom (e.g., day time urinary frequency,nocturia, urinary urgency, urinary incontinence, stress urinaryincontinence, urge urinary incontinence, mixed urinary incontinence,enuresis, nocturnal enuresis, overflow urinary incontinence, otherurinary incontinence, enhanced, decreased or missing bladder sensationetc.), voiding symptom (e.g., weak urinary stream, split urinary stream,spraying stream, intermittent urinary stream, voiding postponement,straining at urination, terminal dribbling etc.), post-micturitionsymptom (e.g., sense of residual urine, post-micturition dribble etc.),symptom due to sexual intercourse (e.g., coital pain, vaginal dryness,urinary incontinence etc.), symptom due to pelvic organ prolapse (e.g.,foreign body sensation, lumbago etc.), genital organ pain or lowerurinary tract pain (e.g., bladder pain, urethral pain, pudendalgia,vaginodynia, scrotal pain, perineal pain, pelvic pain etc.), genitalorgan or urinary tract pain syndrome (e.g., bladder pain syndrome,urethral pain syndrome, pudendalgia syndrome, vaginal syndrome, scrotalpain syndrome, perineal pain syndrome, pelvic pain syndrome etc.),symptom syndrome suggesting lower urinary tract dysfunction (e.g.,overactive bladder syndrome, a lower urinary tract symptom suggestingbladder outlet obstruction etc.), polyuria, urolithiasis (e.g., ureteralcalculus, urethral calculus)];(2) metabolic diseases [for example, diabetes (e.g., insulin dependentdiabetes, diabetic complications, diabetic retinopathy, diabeticmicroangiopathy, diabetic neuropathy etc.), impaired glucose tolerance,obesity (e.g., malignant mastocytosis, exogenous obesity, hyperinsulinarobesity, hyperplasmic obesity, hypophyseal adiposity, hypoplasmicobesity, hypothyroid obesity, hypothalamic obesity, symptomatic obesity,infantile obesity, upper body obesity, alimentary obesity, hypogonadalobesity, systemic mastocytosis, simple obesity, central obesity), benignprostatic hyperplasia, sexual dysfunction];(3) central nervous system diseases [for example, neurodegenerativediseases (e.g., Alzheimer's disease, Down's disease, Parkinson'sdisease, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS),Huntington chorea, diabetic neuropathy, multiple sclerosis etc.), mentaldiseases (e.g., schizophrenia, depression, mania, anxiety neurosis,obsessive-compulsive neurosis, panic disorder, epilepsy, alcoholdependence, drug dependence, anxiety, anxious mental state, emotionalabnormality, cyclothymia, nervous erethism, autism, faint, addiction,low sex drive etc.), central nervous system and peripheral nervedisorders (e.g., head trauma, spinal damage, brain edema, disorders ofsensory function, abnormality of sensory function, disorders ofautonomic nervous function, abnormality of autonomic nervous function,whiplash injury etc.), memory disorders (e.g., senile dementia, amnesia,cerebrovascular dementia etc.), cerebrovascular disorders (e.g.,cerebral hemorrhage, cerebral infarction and the like and sequelae orcomplication thereof, asymptomatic cerebrovascular accident, transientcerebral ischemic attack, hypertensive encephalopathia, blood-brainbarrier disorder, etc.), recurrence and sequelae of cerebrovasculardisorders (e.g., neural symptoms, mental symptoms, subjective symptoms,disorders of daily living activities etc.), central nervous systemhypofunction after brain blood vessel occlusion, disorder or abnormalityof autoregulation ability of brain circulation or renal circulation,sleep disorder];(4) sexual dysfunction diseases [for example, male erectile dysfunction,dysspermia, female sexual dysfunction];(5) digestive organ diseases [for example, an irritable bowel syndrome,inflammatory intestine disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease,diseases caused by a spiral urease-positive gram-negative bacterium(e.g., Helicobacter pylori, etc.) (e.g., gastritis, gastric ulcer,etc.), gastric cancer, postgastrostomy disorder, indigestion, esophagealulcer, pancreatitis, polyp of the colon, cholelithiasis, hemorrhoids,peptic ulcer, situational ileitis, gluttony, constipation, diarrhea,borborygmus, etc.];(6) inflammatory or allergic diseases [for example, allergic rhinitis,conjunctivitis, gastrointestinal allergy, pollinosis, anaphylaxis,dermatitis, herpes, psoriasis, bronchitis, expectoration, retinopathy,postoperative and posttraumatic inflammation, regression of puffiness,pharyngitis, cystitis, meningitidis, inflammatory ocular disease];(7) osteoarthropathy diseases [for example, rheumatoid arthritis (e.g.,rheumatoid arthritis), arthritis deformans, rheumatoid myelitis,osteoporosis, abnormal growth of cells, bone fracture, bone refracture,osteomalacia, osteopenia, Paget's disease of bone, rigid myelitis,articular tissue destruction by gonarthrosis deformans or similardiseases thereto];(8) respiratory diseases [for example, cold syndrome, pneumonia, asthma,pulmonary hypertension, pulmonary thrombi/pulmonary obliteration,pulmonary sarcoidosis, pulmonary tuberculosis, interstitial pneumonia,silicosis, adult respiratory distress syndrome, chronic obstructivepulmonary disease, cough];(9) infectious diseases [for example, HIV infectious diseases, virusinfectious diseases due to cytomegalo virus, influenza virus, herpesvirus and the like, rickettsia infectious diseases, bacterial infectiousdiseases, sexually-transmitted diseases, carinii pneumonia, Helicobacterpylori infectious disease, systemic fungal infectious diseases,tuberculosis, invasive staphylococcal infectious diseases, acute viralencephalitis, acute bacterial meningitidis, AIDS encephalitis,septicemia, sepsis, sepsis gravis, septic shock, endotoxin shock, toxicshock syndromes];(10) cancers [for example, primary, metastatic or recurrent breastcancer, prostatic cancer, pancreatic cancer, gastric cancer, lungcancer, colorectal cancers (e.g., colon cancer, rectal cancer, analcancer), esophagus cancer, duodenal cancer, head and neck cancers (e.g.,cancer of the tongue, pharynx cancer, laryngeal cancer), brain tumor,schwannoma, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, livercancer, kidney cancer, cancer of the bile duct, uterine cancers (e.g.,uterine body cancer, cervical cancer), ovary cancer, urinary bladdercancer, skin cancer, hemangioma, malignant lymphoma, malignant melanoma,thyroid cancer, bone tumor, vascular fibroma, retinosarcoma, penilecancer, solid cancer in childhood, Kaposi's sarcoma, Kaposi's sarcomacaused by AIDS, maxillary tumor, fibrous histiocytoma, leiomyosarcoma,rhabdomyosarcoma, liposarcoma, fibroid tumors of the uterus,osteoblastoma, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, cancerous mesothelioma,tumors such as leukemia and the like, Hodgkin's disease];(11) circulatory diseases [for example, acute coronary artery syndromes(e.g., acute myocardial infarction, unstable angina, etc.), peripheralarterial occlusion, Raynaud's disease, Buerger's disease, restenosisafter coronary-artery intervention (e.g., percutaneous transluminalcoronary angioplasty (PTCA), directional coronary atherectomy (DCA),stenting, etc.), restenosis after coronary-artery bypass operation,restenosis after intervention (e.g., angioplasty, atherectomy, stenting,etc.) or bypass operation in other peripheral artery, ischemic cardiacdiseases (e.g., myocardial infarction, angina, etc.), myocarditis,intermittent claudication, lacunar infarction, arteriosclerosis (e.g.,atherosclerosis, etc.), cardiac failure (e.g., acute cardiac failure,chronic cardiac failure including congestive cardiac failure),arrhythmia, progress of atherosclerotic plaque, thrombosis,hypertension, hypertensive tinnitus, hypotension];(12) pains [e.g., headache, migraine, neuralgia, pelvic organ pain(including bladder pain)];(13) autoimmune diseases [for example, collagen disease, systemic lupuserythematosus, scleroderma, polyarteritis, myasthenia gravis, multiplesclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, Behcet's disease];(14) hepatic diseases [for example, hepatitis (including chronichepatitis), cirrhosis, interstitial hepatic disease];(15) pancreatic diseases [for example, pancreatitis (including chronicpancreatitis)];(16) renal diseases [for example, nephritis, glomerulonephritis,glomerulosclerosis, renal failure, thrombotic microangiopathy, dialysiscomplications, organ disorders including nephropathia by radiation,diabetic nephropathy];(17) endocrine diseases [for example, Addison's disease, Cushing'ssyndrome, melanocytoma, primary aldosteronism];(18) gynecologic diseases [for example, organ prolapse (e.g., pelvicorgan prolapse, genital prolapse, bladder prolapse, rectal prolapse,urethral prolapse, urethral hypermobility, enteroceles, rectoceles,cystoceles, laceration of perineal body, pelvic floor hernia etc.),climacteric disorder, gestational toxicosis, endometriosis,hysteromyoma, ovarian disease, mammary disease, premenstrual syndromeand the like]; and(19) other diseases [for example,(a) transplant rejection (e.g., posttransplantational rejection,posttransplantational polycythemia, hypertension, organ disorder,vascular hypertrophy or graft-versus-host disease),(b) abnormality in characteristic of blood and/or blood components(e.g., enhancement in platelet aggregation, abnormality of erythrocytedeformability, enhancement in leukocyte adhesiveness, increase in bloodviscosity, polycythemia, vascular peliosis, autoimmune hemolytic anemia,disseminated intravascular coagulation syndrome (DIC), multiplemyelopathy),(c) dermatic diseases (e.g., keloid, hemangioma, psoriasis, pruritus),(d) ophthalmic diseases (e.g., glaucoma, ocular hypertension disease),(e) otolaryngological diseases (e.g., Menuel syndrome, tinnitus,gustation disorder, dizziness, disequilibrium, dysphagia),(f) diseases due to environmental and/or occupational factors (e.g.,radiation disorder, disorders by ultraviolet ray/infrared ray/laser ray,altitude sickness),(g) ataxia, stiffness, tremor, motion impairment, akinesia,(h) chronic fatigue syndrome,(i) sudden infant death syndrome,(j) hiccup, and(k) diseases causing palpitation, vertigo, heartburn or the like.

The compound of the present invention is particularly useful as aserotonin 5-HT_(2C) receptor activator, a drug for the improvement,prophylaxis or treatment of lower urinary tract symptoms, a drug for theprophylaxis or treatment of obesity, and a drug for the prophylaxis ortreatment of organ prolapse. When the lower urinary tract symptom is atarget disease, the compound of the present invention is particularlyuseful as a drug for the improvement, prophylaxis or treatment of stressurinary incontinence.

A medicament containing the compound of the present invention(hereinafter to be abbreviated as “the medicament of the presentinvention”) may be a preparation with any form such as tablet (includingsugar-coated tablet, film-coated tablet, sublingual tablet, orallydisintegrating tablet, buccal tablet, and the like), pill, powder,granule, capsule (including soft capsule, microcapsule), troche, syrup,liquid, emulsion, suspension, controlled-release preparation (e.g.,immediate-release preparation, sustained-release preparation,sustained-release microcapsule), aerosol, films (e.g., orallydisintegrable films, mouth cavity mucous membrane patch film), injection(e.g., subcutaneous injection, intravenous injection, intramuscularinjection, intraperitoneal injection), drip infusion, transdermalabsorption type preparation, ointment, lotion, adhesive preparation,suppository (e.g., rectal suppository, vaginal suppository), pellet,nasal preparation, pulmonary preparation (inhalant), eye drop and thelike.

The medicament of the present invention can be produced by aconventional method such as blending, kneading, granulation, tableting,coating, sterilization treatment, emulsification and the like accordingto the form of the preparation. As for the production of thepreparation, for example, each item of the Japanese PharmacopoeiaPreparation General Rules and the like can be referred to. In addition,the preparation of the present invention may be formed into asustained-release preparation containing an active ingredient and abiodegradable polymer compound. The sustained-release preparation can beproduced according to the method described in JP-A-9-263545.

In the medicament of the present invention, while the content of thecompound of the present invention varies depending on the form of thepreparation, it is generally 0.01-100 wt %, preferably 0.1-50 wt %, morepreferably about 0.5-20 wt %, relative to the whole preparation.

The compound of the present invention may be used alone as themedicament of the present invention, or in admixture with a suitable,pharmacologically acceptable carrier, for example, excipients (e.g.,starch, lactose, sucrose, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, etc.),binders (e.g., starch, arabic gum, carboxymethyl cellulose,hydroxypropyl cellulose, crystalline cellulose, alginic acid, gelatin,polyvinylpyrrolidone, etc.), lubricants (e.g., stearic acid, magnesiumstearate, calcium stearate, talc, etc.), disintegrants (e.g., calciumcarboxymethylcellulose, talc, etc.), diluents (e.g., water forinjection, physiological saline, etc.) and if desired, with theadditives (e.g., a stabilizer, a preservative, a colorant, a fragrance,a solubilizing agent, an emulsifier, a buffer, an isotonic agent, etc.)and the like, by ordinary methods. It can be safely administered orallyor parenterally (e.g., intravenous, intramuscular, subcutaneous,intraorgan, intranasal, intradermal, instillation, intracerebral,intrarectal, vaginal, intraperitoneal and intratumor administrations,administration to the vicinity of tumor etc., and direct administrationto the lesion). The medicament of the present invention can also beformed as a preparation for topical administration and directlyadministered to the affected part of an articular disease. In this case,an injection is preferable.

For formulation into an injection, for example, the compound of thepresent invention is formulated into an aqueous suspension with adispersing agent (e.g., surfactants such as Tween 80, HCO-60 and thelike, polysaccharides such as carboxymethylcellulose, sodium alginate,hyaluronic acid and the like, polysorbate etc.), preservative (e.g.,methylparaben, propylparaben etc.), isotonic agent (e.g., sodiumchloride, mannitol, sorbitol, glucose etc.), buffer (e.g., calciumcarbonate etc.), pH adjuster (e.g., sodium phosphate, potassiumphosphate etc.) and the like to give a practical preparation forinjection. In addition, an oily suspension can be obtained by dispersingthe compound of the present invention together with vegetable oil suchas sesame oil, corn oil and the like or a mixture thereof with aphospholipid such as lecithin and the like, or medium-chain triglyceride(e.g., miglyol 812 etc.) to give an injection to be actually used.

The compound of the present invention can be used along with othermedicament.

As a drug that can be blended or combined with the compound of thepresent invention (hereinafter to be abbreviated as concomitant drug),the following drugs and the like can be used.

(1) Other Drugs for Treating Stress Urinary Incontinence

Adrenaline α1 receptor agonists (e.g., ephedrine hydrochloride,midodrine hydrochloride), adrenaline β2 receptor agonists (e.g.,Clenbuterol), noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors, noradrenaline andserotonin reuptake inhibitors (e.g., duloxetine), tricyclicantidepressants (e.g., imipramine hydrochloride), anticholinergic agentsor smooth muscle stimulants (e.g., oxybutynin hydrochloride, propiverinehydrochloride, celimeverine hydrochloride), female hormone drugs (e.g.,conjugated estrogen (premarin), estriol) and the like.

(2) Agents for Treating Diabetes

Insulin preparations [e.g., animal insulin preparations extracted fromthe bovine or swine pancreas; human insulin preparations synthesized bya genetic engineering technique using Escherichia coli or a yeast;insulin zinc; protamine zinc insulin; a fragment or a derivative ofinsulin (e.g., INS-1, etc.) and the like], insulin sensitizers (e.g.,pioglitazone hydrochloride, troglitazone, rosiglitazone or its maleate,JTT-501, MCC-555, YM-440, GI-262570, KRP-297, FK-614, CS-011, etc.),α-glucosidase inhibitors (e.g., voglibose, acarbose, miglitol,emiglitate, etc.), biguanides (e.g., phenformin, metformin, buformin,etc.), sulfonylureas (e.g., tolbutamide, glibenclamide, gliclazide,chlorpropamide, tolazamide, acetohexamide, glyclopyramide, glimepiride,etc.) and other insulin secretagogues (e.g., repaglinide, senaglinide,mitiglinide or its calcium salt hydrate, GLP-1, nateglinide, etc.),dipeptidylpeptidase IV inhibitors (e.g., vildagliptin, sitagliptin,saxagliptin, alogliptin, NVP-DPP-728, PT-100, P32/98, etc.), β3 agonists(e.g., CL-316243, SR-58611-A, UL-TG-307, AJ-9677, AZ40140, etc.), amylinagonists (e.g., pramlintide, etc.), phosphotyrosine phosphataseinhibitors (e.g., vanadic acid, etc.), gluconeogenesis inhibitors (e.g.,glycogen phosphorylase inhibitors, glucose-6-phosphatase inhibitors,glucagon antagonists, etc.), SGLT (sodium-glucose cotransporter)inhibitors (e.g., T-1095, etc.) and the like.

(3) Agents for Treating Diabetic Complications

Aldose reductase inhibitors (e.g., tolrestat, epalrestat, zenarestat,zopolrestat, fidarestat (SNK-860), minalrestat (ARI-509), CT-112, etc.),neurotrophic factors (e.g., NGF, NT-3, etc.), AGE inhibitors (e.g.,ALT-945, pimagedine, pyratoxathine, N-phenacylthiazolium bromide(ALT-766), EXO-226, etc.), active oxygen scavengers (e.g., thiocticacid, etc.), cerebral vasodilators (e.g., tiapride, etc.) and the like.

(4) Antihyperlipidemic Agents

Statin compounds inhibiting cholesterol synthesis (e.g., pravastatin,simvastatin, lovastatin, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, cerivastatin ortheir salt (e.g., sodium salt, etc.), etc.), squalene synthaseinhibitors, fibrate compounds having triglyceride lowering action (e.g.,bezafibrate, clofibrate, simfibrate, clinofibrate, etc.) and the like.

(5) Hypotensive Agents

Angiotensin converting enzyme inhibitors (e.g., captopril, enalapril,delapril, etc.), angiotensin II antagonists (e.g., losartan, candesartancilexetil, etc.), calcium antagonists (e.g., manidipine, nifedipine,amlodipine, efonidipine, nicardipine, etc.), clonidine, and the like.

(6) Antiobesity Agents

Antiobesity drugs acting on the central nervous system (e.g.dexfenfluramine, fenfluramine, phentermine, sibutramine, anfepramone,dexamphetamine, mazindol, phenylpropanolamine, clobenzorex, etc.),pancreatic lipase inhibitors (e.g. orlistat, etc.), β3 agonists (e.g.CL-316243, SR-58611-A, UL-TG-307, AJ-9677, AZ40140, etc.), anorecticpeptides (e.g. leptin, CNTF (Ciliary Neurotrophic Factor), etc.),cholecystokinin agonists (e.g. lintitript, FPL-15849, etc.) and thelike.

(7) Diuretic Agents

Xanthine derivatives (e.g., theobromine sodium salicylate, theobrominecalcium salicylate, etc.), thiazide preparations (e.g., ethiazide,cyclopenthiazide, trichlormethiazide, hydrochlorothiazide,hydroflumethiazide, benzylhydrochlorothiazide, penflutizide,polythiazide, methyclothiazide, etc.), antialdosterone preparations(e.g., spironolactone, triamterene, etc.), carbonic anhydrase inhibitors(e.g., acetazolamide, etc.), chlorobenzenesulfonamide preparations(e.g., chlorthalidone, mefruside, indapamide, etc.), azosemide,isosorbide, ethacrynic acid, piretanide, bumetanide, furosemide, etc.

(8) Chemotherapeutic Agents

Alkylating agents (e.g., cyclophosphamide, ifosamide, etc.), metabolicantagonists (e.g., methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, etc.), antitumorantibiotics (e.g., mitomycin, adriamycin, etc.), plant-derived antitumoragents (e.g., vincristine, vindesine, taxol, etc.), cisplatin,carboplatin, etoposide, etc. Among these, 5-fluorouracil derivativessuch as Furtulon and Neo-Furtulon are preferred.

(9) Immunotherapeutic Agents

Microorganism- or bacterium-derived components (e.g., muramyl dipeptidederivatives, Picibanil, etc.), immunopotentiator polysaccharides (e.g.,lentinan, schizophyllan, krestin, etc.), genetically engineeredcytokines (e.g., interferons, interleukins (IL), etc.), colonystimulating factors (e.g., granulocyte colony stimulating factor,erythropoietin, etc.) and the like. Among these, IL-1, IL-2 and IL-12are preferred.

(10) Therapeutic Agents Recognized to Ameliorate Cachexia in AnimalModels or Clinical Practice

Progesterone derivatives (e.g., megestrol acetate) [Journal of ClinicalOncology, vol. 12, pp. 213-225, 1994], metoclopramide pharmaceuticals,tetrahydrocannabinol pharmaceuticals (the above references are appliedto both), fat metabolism ameliorating drugs (e.g., eicosapentaenoic acidetc.) [British Journal of Cancer, vol. 68, pp. 314-318, 1993], growthhormones, IGF-1, antibodies to the cachexia-inducing factors such asTNF-α, LIF, IL-6 and oncostatin M, and the like.

(11) Antiinflammatory Agents

Steroids (e.g., dexamethasone, etc.), sodium hyaluronate, cyclooxygenaseinhibitors (e.g., indomethacin, ketoprofen, loxoprofen, meloxicam,ampiroxicam, celecoxib, rofecoxib, etc.) and the like.

(12) Miscellaneous

Glycosylation inhibitors (e.g., ALT-711, etc.), nerve regenerationpromoting drugs (e.g., Y-128, VX853, prosaptide, etc.), drugs acting onthe central nervous system (e.g., antidepressants such as desipramine,amitriptyline, imipramine, fluoxetine, paroxetine, doxepin, etc.),anticonvulsants (e.g., lamotrigine, carbamazepine), antiarrhythmic drugs(e.g., mexiletine), acetylcholine receptor ligands (e.g., ABT-594),endothelin receptor antagonists (e.g., ABT-627), monoamine uptakeinhibitors (e.g., tramadol), indoleamine uptake inhibitors (e.g.,fluoxetine, paroxetine), narcotic analgesics (e.g., morphine), GABAreceptor agonists (e.g., gabapentin), GABA uptake inhibitors (e.g.,tiagabine), α₂ receptor agonists (e.g., clonidine), local analgesics(e.g., capsaicin), protein kinase C inhibitors (e.g., LY-333531),antianxiety drugs (e.g., benzodiazepines), phosphodiesterase inhibitors(e.g., sildenafil), dopamine receptor agonists (e.g., apomorphine),dopamine receptor antagonists (e.g., haloperidol), serotonin receptoragonists (e.g., tandospirone citrate, sumatriptan), serotonin receptorantagonists (e.g., cyproheptadine hydrochloride, ondansetron), serotoninuptake inhibitors (e.g., fluvoxamine maleate, fluoxetine, paroxetine),hypnotics (e.g., triazolam, zolpidem), anticholinergic agents, α₁receptor blocking agents (e.g., tamsulosin, silodosin, naftopidil),muscle relaxants (e.g., baclofen), potassium channel openers (e.g.,nicorandil), calcium channel blocking agents (e.g., nifedipine), agentsfor preventing and/or treating Alzheimer's disease (e.g., donepezil,rivastigmine, galanthamine), agents for treating Parkinson's disease(e.g., L-dopa), agents for preventing and/or treating multiple sclerosis(e.g., interferon β-1a), histamine H₁ receptor inhibitors (e.g.,promethazine hydrochloride), proton pump inhibitors (e.g., lansoprazole,omeprazole), antithrombotic agents (e.g., aspirin, cilostazol), NK-2receptor antagonists (e.g., piperidine derivatives (GR159897, GR149861,SR48968 (saredutant), SR144190, YM35375, YM38336, ZD7944, L-743986,MDL105212A, ZD6021, MDL105172A, SCH205528, SCH62373, R-113281 etc.),perhydroisoindole derivatives (e.g., RPR-106145 etc.), quinolinederivatives (e.g., SB-414240 etc.), pyrrolopyrimidine derivatives (e.g.,ZM-253270 etc.), pseudopeptide derivatives (e.g., MEN11420 (nepadutant),SCH217048, L-659877, PD-147714 (CAM-2291), MEN10376, S16474 etc.), theothers (GR100679, DNK333, GR94800, UK-224671, MEN10376, MEN10627), or asalt thereof etc.), agents of treating HIV infection (e.g., saquinavir,zidovudine, lamivudine, nevirapine), agents of treating chronicobstructive pulmonary diseases (e.g., salmeterol, thiotropium bromide,cilomilast), etc.

Anticholinergic agents include, for example, atropine, scopolamine,homatropine, tropicamide, cyclopentolate, butylscopolamine bromide,propantheline bromide, methylbenactyzium bromide, mepenzolate bromide,flavoxate, pirenzepine, ipratropium bromide, trihexyphenidyl,oxybutynin, propiverine, darifenacin, tolterodine, temiverine, trospiumchloride or a salt thereof (e.g., atropine sulfate, scopolamine hydrogenbromide, homatropine hydrogen bromide, cyclopentolate hydrochloride,flavoxate hydrochloride, pirenzepine hydrochloride, trihexyphenidylhydrochloride, oxybutynin hydrochloride, tolterodine tartrate, etc.) andthe like, preferably, oxybutynin, propiverine, darifenacin, tolterodine,temiverine, trospium chloride or a salt thereof (e.g., oxybutyninhydrochloride, tolterodine tartrate, etc.). In addition,acetylcholinesterase inhibitors (e.g., distigmine, etc.) and the likecan be used.

As the noradrenaline reuptake inhibitor, for example, Betanidine,Tesofensine, Trodusquemine, PSN-602 and the like can be used. As thenoradrenaline and serotonin reuptake inhibitor, for example, duloxetine,venlafaxine and the like can be used.

In a combination of the compound of the present invention and theconcomitant drug, the administration time of the compound of the presentinvention and the concomitant drug is not restricted, and the compoundof the present invention or a pharmaceutical composition thereof and theconcomitant drug or a pharmaceutical composition thereof can beadministered to the administration subject simultaneously, or may beadministered at different times. The dosage of the concomitant drug maybe determined according to the dose clinically used, and can beappropriately selected depending on the administration subject,administration route, disease, combination and the like.

The concomitant administration mode is not particularly restricted, andit is sufficient that the compound of the present invention and theconcomitant drug are combined in administration. Examples of suchadministration mode include the following methods:

(1) The compound of the present invention and the concomitant drug aresimultaneously produced to give a single preparation which isadministered.

(2) The compound of the present invention and the concomitant drug areseparately produced to give two kinds of preparations which areadministered simultaneously by the same administration route.

(3) The compound of the present invention and the concomitant drug areseparately produced to give two kinds of preparations which areadministered by the same administration route at different times.

(4) The compound of the present invention and the concomitant drug areseparately produced to give two kinds of preparations which areadministered simultaneously by different administration routes.

(5) The compound of the present invention and the concomitant drug areseparately produced to give two kinds of preparations which areadministered by different administration routes at different times(e.g., the compound of the present invention; the concomitant drug areadministered in this order, or in the reverse order).

In a medicament using the compound of the present invention and aconcomitant drug in combination (hereinafter to be abbreviated as “thecombination agent of the present invention”), the mixing ratio of thecompound of the present invention and the concomitant drug can beappropriately determined according to the subject of administration,administration route, disease and the like.

For example, while the content of the compound of the present inventionin the combination drug of the present invention varies depending on theform of the preparation, it is generally about 0.01 to about 100 wt %,preferably about 0.1 to about 50 wt %, more preferably about 0.5 toabout 20 wt %, relative to the whole preparation.

While the content of the concomitant drug in the combination agent ofthe present invention varies depending on the form of the preparation,it is generally about 0.01 to about 100 wt %, preferably about 0.1 toabout 50 wt %, more preferably about 0.5 to about 20 wt %, relative tothe whole preparation.

While the content of the additive such as a carrier and the like in thecombination agent of the present invention varies depending on the formof the preparation, it is generally about 1 to about 99.99 wt %,preferably about 10 to about 90 wt %, relative to the whole preparation.

Similar contents can be employed when the compound of the presentinvention and the concomitant drug are independently formulated.

While the dose varies depending on the kind of the compound of thepresent invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,administration route, symptom, age of patients and the like, forexample, for oral administration to an adult patient with stress urinaryincontinence, obesity and/or pelvic organ prolapse, it is about 0.005 to50 mg, preferably about 0.05 to 10 mg, more preferably about 0.2 to 4mg/kg body weight/day, which can be administered in 1 to about 3portions.

When the combination agent of the present invention is asustained-release preparation, the dose varies depending on the kind andcontent of the compound of the present invention, dosage form, period ofsustained drug release, subject animal of administration (e.g., mammalssuch as human, rat, mouse, cat, dog, rabbit, bovine, swine and the like)and administration object. For parenteral administration, for example,about 0.1 to about 100 mg of the compound of the present invention onlyneeds to be released in one week from the administered preparation.

The dose of the concomitant drug may be set within the range such thatit causes no problems of side effects. The daily dose as the concomitantdrug varies depending on severity of symptoms, age, sex, weight andsensitivity of the subject to be administered, time and interval ofadministration, property, formulation and kinds of pharmaceuticalpreparation, kinds of active ingredients, etc., and is not particularlylimited. In the case of oral administration, a daily dosage in terms ofdrugs is usually in the order of about 0.001 to 2000 mg, preferablyabout 0.01 to 500 mg, and more preferably about 0.1 to 100 mg, per 1 kgbody weight of mammals, which may be administered once a day or in twoto four divided portions a day.

When administering the combination agent of the present invention, thecompound of the present invention and the concomitant drug may besimultaneously administered, or administered in a staggered manner. Incase of staggered administration, the time interval varies depending onthe active ingredients to be administered, a formulation and anadministration route. For example, when the concomitant drug isadministered first, the compound of the present invention may beadministered 1 minute to 3 days, preferably 10 minutes to 1 day, morepreferably 15 minutes to 1 hour, after administration of the concomitantdrug. When the compound of the present invention is administered first,the concomitant drug may be administered 1 minute to 1 day, preferably10 minutes to 6 hours, more preferably 15 minutes to 1 hour, afteradministration of the compound of the present invention.

The medicament of the present invention is low toxic and can be usedsafely. Particularly, the following Example compounds are superior inthe absorbability by oral administration, and can be advantageously usedfor an oral preparation.

EXAMPLES

The present invention is further described in detail with ReferenceExamples, Examples, Formulation Examples and Experimental Examples whichare not intended to restrict the invention and may be modified withoutdeparting from the scope of the invention.

In Reference Examples and Examples, column chromatography was performedusing Purif-8 or Purif-α2 manufactured by MORITEX and under observationby a UV detector. The silica gel used for column chromatography wasPurif-Pack manufactured by MORITEX. The room temperature generally meansa temperature of from about 10° C. to 30° C.

The abbreviations in Examples and Reference Examples mean the following.

LC: liquid chromatography

MS: mass spectrometry spectrum

ESI: electrospray method

m/z: molecular ion peak

NMR: nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum

Hz: hertz

J: coupling constant

m: multiplet

q: quartet

t: triplet

d: doublet

dd: double doublet

s: singlet

br: broad

dt: double triplet

dq: double quartet

td: triple doublet

brs: broad singlet

Ac: acetyl group

^(t)Bu: tert-butyl group

Boc: tert-butyloxycarbonyl group

Et: ethyl group

Ph: phenyl group

N: normal concentration

CDCl₃: deuterated chloroform

DMF: N,N-dimethylformamide

THF: tetrahydrofuran

DMSO: dimethyl sulfoxide

DMA: N,N-dimethylacetamide

DME: dimethoxyethane

TFA: trifluoroacetic acid

Boc₂O: di-tert-butyl dicarbonate

XPhos: dicyclohexyl(2′,4′,6′-triisopropylbiphenyl-2-yl)phosphine

Pd₂(dba)₃: tris(dibenzylideneacetone)dipalladium(0)

10% Pd/C: 10% palladium/carbon

20% Pd(OH)₂/C: 20% palladium hydroxide/carbon

BINAP: 2,2′-bis(di-phenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl

LC-MS in Examples and Reference Examples was measured under thefollowing conditions.

Analysis by LC-MS

measurement device: Waters LC-MS system

HPLC: Agilent HP1100

MS: Micromass ZQ

HPLC Conditions

column: CAPCELL PAK C18UG120, S-3 μm, 1.5×35 mm (Shiseido Co., Ltd.)

solvent: SOLUTION A; 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid-containing water,SOLUTION B; 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid-containing acetonitrile

gradient cycle: 0.00 min (SOLUTION A/SOLUTION B=90/10), 2.00 min(SOLUTION A/SOLUTION B=5/95), 2.75 min (SOLUTION A/SOLUTION B=5/95),2.76 min (SOLUTION A/SOLUTION B=90/10), 3.60 min (SOLUTION A/SOLUTIONB=90/10)

injection volume: 2 μL, flow rate: 0.5 mL/min, detection method: UV220nm

MS Conditions

ionization method: ESI

Purification by preparative HPLC in Examples and Reference Examples wasperformed under the following conditions.

device: Gilson Inc. High-Throughput Purification System

column: CombiPrep ODS-A S-5 μm, 50×20 mm (YMC)

solvent: SOLUTION A; 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid-containing water,SOLUTION B; 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid-containing acetonitrile

gradient cycle: 0.00 min (SOLUTION A/SOLUTION B=95/5), 1.00 min(SOLUTION A/SOLUTION B=95/5), 5.20 min (SOLUTION A/SOLUTION B=5/95),6.40 min (SOLUTION A/SOLUTION B=5/95), 6.50 min (SOLUTION A/SOLUTIONB=95/5), 6.60 min (SOLUTION A/SOLUTION B=95/5)

flow rate: 25 mL/min, detection method: UV220 nm

Purification by high-resolution preparative HPLC in the followingExamples were carried out under the following conditions.

instrument: Gilson high-throughput purification system

column: Combiprep Hydrosphere C18, 50×20 mm (YMC)

solvent: SOLUTION A; water containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid,SOLUTION B; acetonitrile containing 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid

gradient cycle: 0.00 min (SOLUTION A/SOLUTION B=98/2), 1.00 min(SOLUTION A/SOLUTION B=98/2), 5.20 min (SOLUTION A/SOLUTION B=60/40),5.40 min (SOLUTION A/SOLUTION B=5/95), 6.40 min (SOLUTION A/SOLUTIONB=5/95), 6.50 min (SOLUTION A/SOLUTION B=98/2), 6.60 min (SOLUTIONA/SOLUTION B=98/2)

flow rate: 20 mL/min, detection method: UV 220 nm

Powder X ray crystal diffraction in Examples was performed under thefollowing conditions.

measurement device: Rigaku corporation, RINT Ultima⁺ 2100

radiation source: Cu—K_(α) radiation (λ=1.5418 Å)

tube voltage: 40 kV

tube current: 50 mA

scan speed: 6°/min

diffraction angle (2θ): 2-35°

Reference Example 12-{benzyl[(3,5-dichloropyrazin-2-yl)methyl]amino}ethanol

To a solution of 3,5-dichloropyrazine-2-carbaldehyde (1.194 g),N-benzylethanolamine (1.02 g) and acetic acid (2.0 mL) in THF (50 mL)was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (2.87 g), and the mixture wasstirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction solution was dilutedwith ethyl acetate, and basified with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate. The organic layer was separated, washed with water andsaturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, andconcentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purifiedby basic silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 5→25% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (1.47 g, 70%) as a colorlessoil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ2.77-2.89 (m, 2H), 3.42 (brs, 1H), 3.63 (t, J=4.90 Hz,2H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 3.95 (s, 2H), 7.17-7.36 (m, 5H), 8.46 (s, 1H)

ESI-MS: 312 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 28-benzyl-3-chloro-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

To a solution of2-{benzyl[(3,5-dichloropyrazin-2-yl)methyl]amino}ethanol (3.425 g) inTHF (100 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (1.48 g) underice-cooling, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hr under ice-cooling.Water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. Theorganic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, dried overanhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure.The obtained residue was purified by basic silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 5→25% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (2.59 g, 86%) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ3.00-3.17 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 4.01 (s, 2H),4.25-4.35 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.39 (m, 5H), 8.23 (s, 1H)

ESI-MS: m/z 276 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 3(2S)-1-{benzyl[(3,5-dichloropyrazin-2-yl)methyl]amino}propan-2-ol

To a solution of 3,5-dichloropyrazine-2-carbaldehyde (3.0 g),(2S)-1-(benzylamino)propan-2-ol (3.36 g) and acetic acid (4.9 mL) in THF(50 mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (7.18 g), and the mixturewas stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction solution wasdiluted with ethyl acetate, and basified with saturated aqueous sodiumhydrogen carbonate. The organic layer was separated, washed with waterand saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, andconcentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purifiedby basic silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 5→25% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (3.48 g, 63%) as apale-yellow oil.

ESI-MS: m/z 326 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 4(6S)-8-benzyl-3-chloro-6-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

To a solution of(2S)-1-{benzyl[(3,5-dichloropyrazin-2-yl)methyl]amino}propan-2-ol (3.48g) in THF (50 mL) was added sodium hydride (513 mg) under ice-cooling,and the mixture was stirred for 2 hr under ice-cooling. Water was added,and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer waswashed with water and saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesiumsulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residuewas purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (solventgradient: 5→20% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (1.60g, 52%) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.40 (d, J=6.44 Hz, 3H), 2.86-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.74 (s,2H), 3.84-3.95 (m, 1H), 4.04-4.13 (m, 1H), 4.28-4.52 (m, 1H), 7.03-7.46(m, 5H), 8.21 (s, 1H)

ESI-MS: m/z 290 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 58-benzyl-3-cyclopropyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

A suspension of8-benzyl-3-chloro-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine (493mg), cyclopropylboronic acid (280 mg), palladium acetate (20 mg),tricyclopropylphosphine (51 mg) and potassium tert-butoxide (663 mg) intoluene (8 mL) was stirred under an argon atmosphere with heating at100° C. for 2 hr. Water was added to the reaction mixture, the aqueouslayer was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organic layer was washedwith saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, andconcentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purifiedby silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 5→25% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (79.9 mg, 16%) as a colorlessoil.

ESI-MS: m/z 282 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 68-benzyl-3-(cyclopent-1-en-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

A solution of8-benzyl-3-chloro-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine (559mg), cyclopent-1-en-1-ylboronic acid (273 mg),tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (118 mg) and aqueous sodiumcarbonate solution (2M, 2 mL) in DME (10 mL) was stirred under an argonatmosphere with heating at 100° C. for 2 hr. Water was added to thereaction mixture, the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate,and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried overanhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure.The obtained residue was purified by basic silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 5→50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (424 mg, 68%) as a colorless oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ2.05 (quintet, 2H), 2.50-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.88 (m,2H), 3.00-3.15 (m, 2H), 3.74 (s, 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 4.20-4.39 (m, 2H),6.61-6.78 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.47 (m, 5H), 8.28 (s, 1H)

ESI-MS: m/z 308 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 78-benzyl-3-(1-methylethoxy)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

To a solution of isopropanol (83 μL) in toluene (2 mL) was added sodiumhydride (87 mg) at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred for 15min. A solution of8-benzyl-3-chloro-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine (297mg) and BINAP (30 mg) in toluene (2 mL) was added to the reactionmixture. After substitution with an argon gas, Pd₂(dba)₃ (20 mg) wasadded, and the mixture was stirred under an argon atmosphere at 100° C.for 1 hr. Water was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with waterand saturated brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated underreduced pressure. The residue was purified by basic silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient; 5→50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (137 mg, 42%) as a colorless oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.35 (d, J=6.06 Hz, 6H), 2.91-3.11 (m, 2H), 3.73 (s,2H), 3.96 (s, 2H), 4.19-4.35 (m, 2H), 5.26 (septet, J=6.18 Hz, 1H),7.12-7.45 (m, 5H), 7.82 (s, 1H)

ESI-MS: m/z 300 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 88-benzyl-3-[(1R)-1-cyclopropylethoxy]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

To a solution of (1R)-1-cyclopropylethanol (130 mg) in toluene (3 mL)was added sodium hydride (120 mg), and the mixture was stirred under anitrogen atmosphere at room temperature for 15 min. A mixture of8-benzyl-3-chloro-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine (415mg), BINAP (41 mg), Pd₂(dba)₃ (28 mg) and toluene (3 mL) was added, andthe mixture was stirred under an argon atmosphere at 100° C. for 3 hr.Water was added to the reaction solution, and the resultant product wasextracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with waterand saturated brine and dried, and the solvent was evaporated underreduced pressure. The residue was purified by basic silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient; 5→50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (329 mg, 67%) as a yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ0.25-0.35 (m, 1H), 0.36-0.48 (m, 1H), 0.48-0.60 (m,2H), 1.02-1.20 (m, 1H), 1.39 (d, J=6.06 Hz, 3H), 2.91-3.13 (m, 2H), 3.73(s, 2H), 3.96 (s, 2H), 4.19-4.30 (m, 2H), 4.59 (dq, J=8.52, 6.25 Hz,1H), 7.09-7.43 (m, 5H), 7.86 (s, 1H)

ESI-MS: m/z 326 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 98-benzyl-3-(morpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

A suspension of8-benzyl-3-chloro-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine (322mg), morpholine (0.13 mL), Pd₂(dba)₃ (22 mg), XPhos (45 mg) and sodiumtert-butoxide (282 mg) in toluene (10 mL) was stirred under an argonatmosphere at 100° C. for 3 hr. Water was added to the reaction mixture,the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organiclayer was washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesiumsulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residuewas purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient:16→100% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (259 mg, 68%)as a colorless oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ2.97-3.08 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.58 (m, 4H), 3.72 (s, 2H),3.77-3.87 (m, 4H), 3.93 (s, 2H), 4.17-4.32 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.41 (m, 5H),7.74 (s, 1H)

ESI-MS: m/z 327 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 108-benzyl-3-[(3R)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

A suspension of8-benzyl-3-chloro-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine (208mg), (3R)-3-methylmorpholine (115 mg), Pd₂(dba)₃ (21 mg), XPhos (44 mg)and sodium tert-butoxide (145 mg) in toluene (5 mL) was stirred under anargon atmosphere with heating at 100° C. for 3 hr. Water was added tothe reaction mixture, the aqueous layer was extracted with ethylacetate, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine, driedover anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reducedpressure. The obtained residue was purified by basic silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 9→50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (126 mg, 60%) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.28 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H), 2.97-3.05 (m, 2H), 3.25 (td,J=12.49, 3.79 Hz, 1H), 3.60 (td, J=11.74, 3.03 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (s, 2H),3.74-3.86 (m, 3H), 3.92 (s, 2H), 4.00 (dd, J=11.36, 3.79 Hz, 1H),4.20-4.34 (m, 3H), 7.27-7.37 (m, 5H), 7.69 (s, 1H)

ESI-MS: m/z 341 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 11(6S)-8-benzyl-6-methyl-3-(morpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

A suspension of(6S)-8-benzyl-3-chloro-6-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine(301 mg), morpholine (0.11 mL), Pd₂(dba)₃ (19 mg), XPhos (40 mg) andsodium tert-butoxide (250 mg) in toluene (5 mL) was stirred under anargon atmosphere with heating at 100° C. for 2 hr. Water was added tothe reaction mixture, the aqueous layer was extracted with ethylacetate, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine, driedover anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reducedpressure. The obtained residue was purified by basic silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 9→50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (70 mg, 20%) as a colorless oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.37 (d, J=6.06 Hz, 3H), 2.77-3.00 (m, 2H), 3.48-3.58(m, 4H), 3.71 (s, 2H), 3.78-3.89 (m, 5H), 3.96-4.05 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.42(m, 1H), 7.27-7.36 (m, 5H), 7.72 (s, 1H)

ESI-MS: m/z 341 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 12(6S)-8-benzyl-6-methyl-3-[(3R)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

A suspension of(6S)-8-benzyl-3-chloro-6-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine(313 mg), (3R)-3-methylmorpholine (164 mg), Pd₂(dba)₃ (30 mg), XPhos (62mg) and sodium tert-butoxide (208 mg) in toluene (5 mL) was stirredunder an argon atmosphere with heating at 100° C. for 3 hr. Water wasadded to the reaction mixture, the aqueous layer was extracted withethyl acetate, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine,dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reducedpressure. The obtained residue was purified by basic silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 9→50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (233 mg, 61%) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.27 (d, J=6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (d, J=6.78 Hz, 3H),2.78-2.98 (m, 2H), 3.25 (td, J=12.43, 3.77 Hz, 1H), 3.59 (td, J=11.68,3.01 Hz, 1H), 3.69-3.79 (m, 4H), 3.83 (d, J=14.69 Hz, 2H), 3.93-4.04 (m,2H), 4.21-4.40 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.35 (m, 5H), 7.66 (s, 1H)

ESI-MS: m/z 355 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 138-benzyl-N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine

A suspension of8-benzyl-3-chloro-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine (498mg), N-methylpropan-2-amine (0.29 mL), Pd₂(dba)₃ (50 mg), XPhos (104 mg)and sodium tert-butoxide (348 mg) in toluene (5 mL) was stirred under anargon atmosphere with heating at 100° C. for 3 hr. Water was added tothe reaction mixture, the aqueous layer was extracted with ethylacetate, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine, driedover anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reducedpressure. The obtained residue was purified by basic silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 9→50% ethyl acetate/hexane), andfurther by preparative HPLC to give the title compound (79 mg, 14%) as apale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.18 (d, J=6.78 Hz, 6H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.95-3.12 (m,2H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 3.91 (s, 2H), 4.18-4.30 (m, 2H), 4.76 (quintet,J=6.78 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.42 (m, 5H), 7.63 (s, 1H)

ESI-MS: m/z 313 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 148-benzyl-3-[(3R)-3-ethylmorpholin-4-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

A suspension of8-benzyl-3-chloro-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine (308mg), (3R)-3-ethylmorpholine (193 mg), Pd₂(dba)₃ (31 mg), XPhos (64 mg)and sodium tert-butoxide (216 mg) in toluene (6 mL) was stirred under anargon atmosphere with heating at 100° C. for 2 hr. Water was added tothe reaction mixture, the aqueous layer was extracted with ethylacetate, and the organic layer was washed with saturated brine, driedover anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reducedpressure. The obtained residue was purified by basic silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 5→33% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (132 mg, 33%) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ0.93 (t, J=7.54 Hz, 3H), 1.56-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.80-2.00(m, 1H), 3.01 (dt, J=4.52, 2.26 Hz, 2H), 3.24 (td, J=12.72, 3.96 Hz,1H), 3.51-3.69 (m, 2H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 3.87-4.02 (m, 6H), 4.23 (dd,J=4.90, 3.01 Hz, 2H), 7.21-7.36 (m, 5H), 7.67 (s, 1H)

ESI-MS: m/z 355 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 153-chloro-5-[methyl(1-methylethyl)amino]pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde

(Step 1)

A mixture of 2,6-dichloropyrazine (10 g), N-methylpropan-2-amine (10.5mL), potassium carbonate (13.9 g) and DMA (40 mL) was stirred at 80° C.for 5 hr. Water (80 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted withethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted again with ethyl acetate.The combined organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine,dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. This was used withoutpurification for the next reaction.

(Step 2)

Phosphoryl chloride (12.3 mL) was added dropwise to DMF (40 mL) at 0° C.The mixture was stirred for 15 min, and a solution of the residueobtained in step 1 in DMF (10 mL) was added dropwise thereto. Themixture was stirred at 80° C. for 5 hr, water (100 mL) was added at 0°C., and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr andextracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted again withethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with water andsaturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solventgradient: 10→30% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (11.9g, 2 steps 83%) as a pale-yellow powder.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.27 (d, J=6.59 Hz, 6H), 3.06 (s, 3H), 4.96 (brs, 1H),8.05 (s, 1H), 10.15 (s, 1H)

ESI-MS: m/z 214 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 162-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[methyl(1-methylethyl)amino]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]ethanol

Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (12.8 g) was added to a solution of3-chloro-5-[methyl(1-methylethyl)amino]pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde (8.6 g),N-benzylethanolamine (7.3 g) and acetic acid (6.9 mL) in acetonitrile(86 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hr. Tothe reaction mixture were added ethyl acetate and 2M aqueous potassiumcarbonate solution (86 mL), and the aqueous layer was extracted withethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with water andsaturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (solventgradient: 10→30% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (15.1g, quantitative) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.19 (d, J=6.59 Hz, 6H), 2.69-2.79 (m, 2H), 2.88 (s,3H), 3.52-3.64 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 3.81 (s, 2H),4.59-4.78 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.38 (m, 5H), 7.85 (s, 1H)

ESI-MS: m/z 349 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 178-benzyl-N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine

To a solution of potassium tert-butoxide (5.8 g) in DMF (45 mL) wasadded dropwise a solution of2-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[methyl(1-methylethyl)amino]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]ethanol(15.1 g) in DMF (30 mL) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred for 1.5hr. Water (150 ml) was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethylacetate. The aqueous layer was extracted again with ethyl acetate. Thecombined organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, driedover magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified bybasic silica gel column chromatography (eluent: 10% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (11 g, 87%) as a pale-yellowoil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.17 (d, J=6.59 Hz, 6H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 2.99-3.02 (m,2H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 3.91 (s, 2H), 4.18-4.30 (m, 2H), 4.70-4.80 (m, 1H),7.15-7.42 (m, 5H), 7.63 (s, 1H)

ESI-MS: m/z 313 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 183-chloro-5-[(3R)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yl]pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde

(Step 1)

A mixture of 2,6-dichloropyrazine (40 g), (3R)-3-methylmorpholinep-tosylate (91 g), potassium carbonate (112 g) and DMSO (300 mL) wasstirred at 80° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethylacetate, and the organic layer was washed with water and saturatedbrine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. This was usedwithout purification for the next reaction.

(Step 2)

Phosphoryl chloride (64 mL) was added dropwise to DMF (200 mL) at −10°C. to 0° C. The mixture was stirred for 10 min, and a solution of theresidue obtained in step 1 in DMF (100 mL) was added dropwise thereto.The mixture was stirred at 60° C. overnight, water (300 mL) was added at0° C., and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hr. Themixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer waswashed with water and saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by recrystallization (ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (26.7 g, 2 steps 41%) as apale-yellow powder.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.41 (d, J=6.40 Hz, 3H), 3.31-3.52 (m, 1H), 3.61 (td,J=11.96, 2.83 Hz, 1H), 3.71-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.79-3.90 (m, 1H), 4.07 (dd,J=11.68, 3.77 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (d, J=12.06 Hz, 1H), 4.38-4.55 (m, 1H), 8.09(s, 1H), 10.15 (s, 1H).

Reference Example 192-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[(3R)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yl]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]ethanol

Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.37 g) was added to a solution of3-chloro-5-[(3R)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yl]pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde (1.04g), N-benzylethanolamine (0.78 g) and acetic acid (0.74 mL) inacetonitrile (20 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperatureovernight. The reaction mixture was basified with saturated aqueoussodium hydrogen carbonate, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organiclayer was washed with water and saturated brine, dried over magnesiumsulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by basic silica gelcolumn chromatography (solvent gradient: 5→40% ethyl acetate/hexane) togive the title compound (1.65 g, quantitative) as a colorless oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.27 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.69-2.81 (m, 2H), 3.26 (td,J=12.7, 3.8 Hz, 1H), 3.50-3.66 (m, 3H), 3.68-3.92 (m, 7H), 4.01 (dd,J=11.5, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.17-4.27 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.36 (m, 5H), 7.90 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 377 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 208-benzyl-3-[(3R)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

Potassium tert-butoxide (0.59 g) was added to a solution of2-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[(3R)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yl]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]ethanol(1.65 g) in DMF (50 mL) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred for 1 hr.Water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. Theorganic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, dried overmagnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by basicsilica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 5→50% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (1.32 g, 89%) as apale-yellow solid.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.28 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 2.98-3.06 (m, 2H), 3.25 (td,J=12.5, 4.0 Hz, 1H), 3.60 (td, J=11.7, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.68-3.86 (m, 5H),3.92 (s, 2H), 4.00 (dd, J=11.3, 3.4 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.34 (m, 3H),7.16-7.42 (m, 5H), 7.69 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 341 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 21 2-chloro-6-(2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)pyrazine

A mixture of 2,6-dichloropyrazine (1.49 g), 2-methylpiperidine (1.76mL), potassium carbonate (2.07 g) and DMA (10 mL) was stirred at 80° C.for 22 hr. Water (10 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted withethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted again with ethyl acetate.The combined organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine,dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 5→20% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (1.85 g, 87%) as apale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.20 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.45-1.58 (m, 1H), 1.61-1.87(m, 5H), 2.98 (td, J=12.9, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 4.06-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.67 (m,1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 213 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 223-chloro-5-(2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde

Phosphoryl chloride (1.62 mL) was added dropwise to DMF (5 mL) at 0° C.The mixture was stirred for 15 min, and a solution of2-chloro-6-(2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)pyrazine (1.85 g) in DMF (1 mL) wasadded dropwise thereto. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 16 hr,water (5 mL) was added at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 1.5 hr. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate.The aqueous layer was extracted again with ethyl acetate. The combinedorganic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, dried overmagnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified byrecrystallization (ethyl acetate-hexane) to give the title compound(1.18 g, 57%) as a colorless powder.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.30 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.46-1.65 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.92(m, 5H), 3.13 (td, J=13.3, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 4.80(brs, 1H), 8.10 (s, 1H), 10.13 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 240 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 232-(benzyl{[3-chloro-5-(2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)pyrazin-2-yl]methyl}amino)ethanol

Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (1.56 g) was added to a solution of3-chloro-5-(2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde (1.18 g),N-benzylethanolamine (0.83 g) and acetic acid (0.84 mL) in acetonitrile(8 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 21 hr. Thereaction mixture was basified with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layerwas extracted again with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer waswashed with water and saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 10→50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (1.63 g, 89%) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.19 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.43-1.83 (m, 7H), 2.71-2.77(m, 2H), 2.96 (td, J=13.0, 3.0 Hz, 1H), 3.60 (t, J=4.9 Hz, 2H), 3.72(brs, 1H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 4.49-4.59 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.35 (m,5H), 7.91 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 375 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 248-benzyl-3-(2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

To a solution of potassium tert-butoxide (0.65 g) in DMF (4 mL) wasadded dropwise a solution of2-(benzyl{[3-chloro-5-(2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)pyrazin-2-yl}methyl]amino)ethanol(1.63 g) in DMF (4 mL) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred for 2 hr.Water (10 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethylacetate. The aqueous layer was extracted again with ethyl acetate. Thecombined organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, driedover magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified bysilica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 5→33% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (1.27 g, 78%) as apale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.17 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.43-1.84 (m, 6H), 2.88-3.03(m, 3H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 3.90 (s, 2H), 4.04-4.14 (m, 1H), 4.18-4.24 (m,2H), 4.53-4.65 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.36 (m, 5H), 7.71 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 339 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 253-chloro-5-(2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde

(Step 1)

A mixture of 2,6-dichloropyrazine (1.12 g), 2methylpyrrolidine (1.14mL), potassium carbonate (1.55 g) and DMA (7.5 mL) was stirred at 80° C.for 18 hr. Water (10 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted withethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted again with ethyl acetate.The combined organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine,dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. This was used withoutpurification for the next reaction.

(Step 2)

Phosphoryl chloride (1.39 mL) was added dropwise to DMF (6 mL) at 0° C.The mixture was stirred for 15 min, and a solution of the residueobtained in step 1 in DMF (1 mL) was added dropwise thereto. The mixturewas stirred at 50° C. for 20 hr, water (5 mL) was added at 0° C., andthe mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr and extracted withethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted again with ethyl acetate.The combined organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine,dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 10→33% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (1.49 g, 2 steps 88%) as apale-yellow powder.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.30 (d, J=6.40 Hz, 3H), 1.83 (brs, 1H), 2.12 (brs,4H), 3.54 (brs, 1H), 3.72 (brs, 1H), 7.91 (brs, 1H), 10.15 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 226 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 262-(benzyl{[3-chloro-5-(2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)pyrazin-2-yl]methyl}amino)ethanol

Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (2.09 g) was added to a solution of3-chloro-5-(2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde (1.49 g),N-benzylethanolamine (1.19 g) and acetic acid (1.13 mL) in acetonitrile(12 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hr. Thereaction mixture was basified with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layerwas extracted again with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer waswashed with water and saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 20→50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (1.82 g, 76%) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.22 (d, J=6.44 Hz, 3H), 1.74 (dt, J=5.02, 2.60 Hz,1H), 1.95-2.17 (m, 3H), 2.71-2.77 (m, 2H), 3.31-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.63(m, 3H), 3.63-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 4.10-4.20 (m,1H), 7.17-7.35 (m, 5H), 7.72 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 361 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 278-benzyl-3-(2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

To a solution of potassium tert-butoxide (0.68 g) in DMF (5 mL) wasadded dropwise a solution of2-(benzyl{[3-chloro-5-(2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)pyrazin-2-yl}methyl]amino)ethanol(1.82 g) in DMF (5 mL) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred for 1.5 hr.Water (10 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethylacetate. The aqueous layer was extracted again with ethyl acetate. Thecombined organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, driedover magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified bysilica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 10→33% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (1.38 g, 85%) as apale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.22 (d, J=6.40 Hz, 3H), 1.73 (dt, J=4.71, 2.54 Hz,1H), 1.91-2.17 (m, 3H), 2.97-3.02 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.62(m, 1H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 3.91 (s, 2H), 4.13-4.24 (m, 3H), 7.21-7.36 (m,5H), 7.51 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 325 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 28 6-chloro-N-methyl-N-(1-methylpropyl)pyrazin-2-amine

A mixture of 2,6-dichloropyrazine (1.49 g), N-methylbutan-2-amine (1.31mL), potassium carbonate (2.07 g) and DMA (10 mL) was stirred at 80° C.for 40 hr. Water (10 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted withethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted again with ethyl acetate.The combined organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine,dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 5→20% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (1.43 g, 72%) as apale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ0.85 (t, J=7.38 Hz, 3H), 1.17 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H),1.49-1.66 (m, 2H), 2.87 (s, 3H), 4.44-4.58 (m, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.86(s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 200 (M)⁺.

Reference Example 293-chloro-5-[methyl(1-methylpropyl)amino]pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde

Phosphoryl chloride (1.33 mL) was added dropwise to DMF (5 mL) at 0° C.The mixture was stirred for 15 min, and a solution of6-chloro-N-methyl-N-(1-methylpropyl)pyrazin-2-amine (1.43 g) in DMF (1mL) was added dropwise thereto. The mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 18hr, water (5 mL) was added at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 1.5 hr. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate.The aqueous layer was extracted again with ethyl acetate. The combinedorganic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, dried overmagnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silicagel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 10→50% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (1.43 g, 88%) as apale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ0.88 (t, J=7.35 Hz, 3H), 1.15-1.32 (m, 3H), 1.59-1.70(m, 2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 7.26 (s, 1H), 8.06 (brs, 1H), 10.14 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 228 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 302-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[methyl(1-methylpropyl)amino]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]ethanol

Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (2.0 g) was added to a solution of3-chloro-5-[methyl(1-methylpropyl)amino]pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde (1.43g), N-benzylethanolamine (1.14 g) and acetic acid (1.08 mL) inacetonitrile (10 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperaturefor 5 hr. The reaction mixture was basified with saturated aqueoussodium hydrogen carbonate solution, and the mixture was extracted withethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted again with ethyl acetate.The combined organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine,dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 20→80% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (2.07 g, 91%) as apale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ0.85 (t, J=7.38 Hz, 3H), 1.16 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H),1.48-1.65 (m, 3H), 2.72-2.77 (m, 2H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 3.60 (t, J=4.92 Hz,2H), 3.76 (s, 2H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 4.45 (sxt, J=6.97 Hz, 1H), 7.17-7.35(m, 5H), 7.85 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 363 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 318-benzyl-N-methyl-N-(1-methylpropyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine

To a solution of potassium tert-butoxide (0.77 g) in DMF (5 mL) wasadded dropwise a solution of2-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[methyl(1-methylpropyl)amino]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]ethanol(2.07 g) in DMF (5 mL) at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred for 2.5 hr.Water (10 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethylacetate. The aqueous layer was extracted again with ethyl acetate. Thecombined organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, driedover magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified bysilica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 20→80% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (1.44 g, 77%) as apale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ0.80-0.89 (m, 3H), 1.14 (d, J=6.44 Hz, 3H), 1.46-1.62(m, 2H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.97-3.02 (m, 2H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 3.91 (s, 2H),4.19-4.24 (m, 2H), 4.45-4.59 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.36 (m, 5H), 7.64 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 327 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 32 6-chloro-N-(cyclopropylmethyl)pyrazin-2-amine

A mixture of 2,6-dichloropyrazine (2.99 g), 1-cyclopropylmethanamine(2.14 g), potassium carbonate (4.14 g) and DMA (20 mL) was stirred at80° C. for 23 hr. Water (15 mL) was added, and the mixture was extractedwith ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted again with ethylacetate. The combined organic layer was washed with water and saturatedbrine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. This was usedwithout purification for the next reaction.

ESI-MS: m/z 184 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 336-chloro-N-(cyclopropylmethyl)-N-methylpyrazin-2-amine

To a solution of 6-chloro-N-(cyclopropylmethyl)pyrazin-2-amine (0.60 g)in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) was added dropwise n-butyllithium (3.06 mL,1.6 M hexane solution) at −78° C. The mixture was stirred at −78° C. for5 min, and iodomethane (1.02 mL) was added dropwise thereto. The mixturewas stirred at −78° C. for 30 min, and further stirred at 0° C. for 1hr. Saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution (10 mL) was added, andthe mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer wasextracted again with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer waswashed with water and saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 5→15% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (0.46 g, 70%) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ0.25-0.32 (m, 2H), 0.51-0.59 (m, 2H), 0.93-1.11 (m,1H), 3.14 (s, 3H), 3.43 (d, J=6.78 Hz, 2H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.88 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 198 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 343-chloro-5-[(cyclopropylmethyl)(methyl)amino]pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde

Phosphoryl chloride (0.43 mL) was added dropwise to DMF (1 mL) at 0° C.The mixture was stirred for 15 min, and a solution of6-chloro-N-(cyclopropylmethyl)-N-methylpyrazin-2-amine (0.46 g) in DMF(1 mL) was added dropwise thereto. The mixture was stirred at 50° C. for16 hr, water (5 mL) was added at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 1.5 hr. The mixture was extracted with ethylacetate. The aqueous layer was extracted again with ethyl acetate. Thecombined organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, driedover magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified bysilica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 5→20% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (0.37 g, 71%) as apale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ0.34 (q, J=4.92 Hz, 2H), 0.55-0.68 (m, 2H), 1.01-1.16(m, 1H), 1.57 (d, J=4.54 Hz, 1H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 3.55 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 1H),8.07 (s, 1H), 10.15 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 226 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 352-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[(cyclopropylmethyl)(methyl)amino]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]ethanol

Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.51 g) was added to a solution of3-chloro-5-[(cyclopropylmethyl)(methyl)amino]pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde(0.37 g), N-benzylethanolamine (0.29 g) and acetic acid (0.28 mL) inacetonitrile (5 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for24 hr. The reaction mixture was basified with saturated aqueous sodiumhydrogen carbonate solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate. Theaqueous layer was extracted again with ethyl acetate. The combinedorganic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, dried overmagnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silicagel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 20→40% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (0.5 g, 86%) as a pale-yellowoil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ0.27 (q, J=4.92 Hz, 2H), 0.49-0.59 (m, 2H), 0.96-1.12(m, 1H), 2.71-2.79 (m, 2H), 3.12 (s, 3H), 3.40 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 2H), 3.59(t, J=4.92 Hz, 2H), 3.65-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 3.81 (s, 2H),7.17-7.37 (m, 5H), 7.88 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 361 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 368-benzyl-N-(cyclopropylmethyl)-N-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine

To a solution of2-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[(cyclopropylmethyl)(methyl)amino]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]ethanol(0.50 g) in DMF (3 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (0.19 g) at 0°C., and the mixture was stirred for 2.5 hr. Water (10 mL) was added, andthe mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer wasextracted again with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer waswashed with water and saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 10→40% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (0.36 g, 79%) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ0.26 (q, J=4.90 Hz, 2H), 0.44-0.60 (m, 2H), 0.95-1.13(m, 1H), 2.96-3.03 (m, 2H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 3.40 (s, 1H), 3.42 (s, 1H),3.72 (s, 2H), 3.91 (s, 2H), 4.19-4.24 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.35 (m, 5H), 7.67(s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 325 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 37 6-chloro-N-cyclobutylpyrazin-2-amine

A solution of 2,6-dichloropyrazine (4.47 g), cyclobutanamine (3.8 mL)and potassium carbonate (6.20 g) in DMA (30 mL) was stirred at 80° C.for 14 hr. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water andsaturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and the solvent wasevaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silicagel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 5→15% ethyl acetate/hexane)to give the title compound (4.42 g, 80%).

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.70-1.99 (m, 4H), 2.39-2.53 (m, 2H), 4.16-4.31 (m,1H), 4.91 (brs, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 7.79 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 184 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 38 6-chloro-N-cyclobutyl-N-methylpyrazin-2-amine

To a solution of 6-chloro-N-cyclobutylpyrazin-2-amine (535 mg) in THF(30 mL) was added dropwise n-butyllithium (1.6 M hexane solution, 2.4mL) under an argon stream at −78° C., and the mixture was stirred for 30min. To the reaction mixture was added dropwise a solution of methyliodide (542 μL) in THF (1 mL), and the mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 1.5 hr. To the reaction mixture was added dropwise asaturated ammonium chloride solution, and the mixture was extracted withethyl acetate. The extract was washed with saturated brine and driedover magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reducedpressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography(solvent gradient: 5→33% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the titlecompound (492 mg, 85%).

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.67-1.82 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.35 (m, 4H), 3.04 (s, 3H),4.58-4.73 (m, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 198 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 393-chloro-5-[cyclobutyl(methyl)amino]pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde

Phosphoryl chloride (4.3 mL) was added dropwise to DMF (20 mL) at 0° C.,and the mixture was stirred for 20 min. To the reaction mixture wasadded a solution of 6-chloro-N-cyclobutyl-N-methylpyrazin-2-amine (4.61g) in DMF (5 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 15 hr. Waterwas added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was stirred for 2 hrand extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water andsaturated brine and dried over magnesium sulfate, and the solvent wasevaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silicagel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 10→50% ethylacetate/hexane) and recrystallized from hexane-diisopropyl ether to givethe title compound (3.46 g, 66%).

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.73-1.90 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.42 (m, 4H), 3.19 (s, 3H),4.79 (brs, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 10.15 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 226 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 402-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[cyclobutyl(methyl)amino]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]ethanol

Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.71 g) was added to a solution of3-chloro-5-[cyclobutyl(methyl)amino]pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde (0.50 g),N-benzylethanolamine (0.40 g) and acetic acid (0.38 mL) in acetonitrile(8 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. Thereaction mixture was basified with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layerwas extracted again with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer waswashed with water and saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 10→60% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (0.74 g, 92%) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.66-1.81 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.34 (m, 4H), 2.70-2.77 (m,2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 3.59 (t, J=5.09 Hz, 2H), 3.68 (brs, 1H), 3.74 (s,2H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 4.55-4.71 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.35 (m, 5H), 7.83 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 361 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 418-benzyl-N-cyclobutyl-N-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine

To a solution of2-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[cyclobutyl(methyl)amino]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]ethanol(0.74 g) in DMF (4 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (0.28 g) at 0°C., and the mixture was stirred for 2 hr. Water (10 mL) was added, andthe mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer wasextracted again with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer waswashed with water and saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 10→40% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (0.48 g, 71%) as a pale-yellow oil.

ESI-MS: m/z 325 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 42 N-benzyl-6-chloro-N-(1-methylethyl)pyrazin-2-amine

A mixture of 2,6-dichloropyrazine (7.45 g), N-benzylpropan-2-amine (12.5mL), potassium carbonate (10.4 g) and DMA (50 mL) was stirred at 80° C.for 15 hr. Water (100 mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted withethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted again with ethyl acetate.The combined organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine,dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purifiedby silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 2→10% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (1.55 g, 12%) as apale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.23 (d, J=6.78 Hz, 6H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 4.96 (quin,J=6.78 Hz, 1H), 7.18-7.36 (m, 5H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 7.75 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 262 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 435-[benzyl(1-methylethyl)amino]-3-chloropyrazine-2-carbaldehyde

Phosphoryl chloride (5.6 mL) was added dropwise to DMF (12 mL) at 0° C.The mixture was stirred for 15 min, and a solution ofN-benzyl-6-chloro-N-(1-methylethyl)pyrazin-2-amine (3.40 g) in DMF (3mL) was added dropwise thereto. The mixture was stirred at 100° C. for13 hr, water (50 mL) was added at 0° C., and the mixture was stirred atroom temperature for 1 hr. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate.The aqueous layer was extracted again with ethyl acetate. The combinedorganic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, dried overmagnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silicagel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 5→20% ethyl acetate/hexane)to give the title compound (2.42 g, 70%) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.29 (d, J=6.78 Hz, 6H), 4.73 (s, 2H), 4.94-5.26 (m,1H), 7.16-7.38 (m, 5H), 7.85 (brs, 1H), 10.12 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 290 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 442-[benzyl({5-[benzyl(1-methylethyl)amino]-3-chloropyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]ethanol

Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (2.65 g) was added to a solution of5-[benzyl(1-methylethyl)amino]-3-chloropyrazine-2-carbaldehyde (2.42 g),N-benzylethanolamine (1.42 g) and acetic acid (1.43 mL) in acetonitrile(14 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hr. Thereaction mixture was basified with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layerwas extracted again with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer waswashed with water and saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 20→50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (3.32 g, 94%) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.17-1.24 (m, 6H), 2.69-2.77 (m, 2H), 3.59 (t, J=5.27Hz, 2H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 2H), 4.56 (s, 2H), 4.80-4.99 (m, 1H),7.14-7.39 (m, 10H), 7.63 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 425 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 45N,8-dibenzyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine

To a solution of2-[benzyl({5-[benzyl(1-methylethyl)amino]-3-chloropyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]ethanol(3.32 g) in DMF (12 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (1.05 g) at 0°C., and the mixture was stirred for 2 hr. Water (10 mL) was added, andthe mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer wasextracted again with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer waswashed with water and saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 10→30% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (2.55 g, 84%) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.20 (d, J=6.78 Hz, 6H), 2.96-3.01 (m, 2H), 3.71 (s,2H), 3.86 (s, 2H), 4.20-4.25 (m, 2H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 5.02 (dt, J=13.28,6.73 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.35 (m, 10H), 7.41 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 389 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 46N-benzyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine

To a solution ofN,8-benzyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine(2.55 g) in methanol (20 mL) was added 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (260 mg), and themixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 2 hr. 20%Pd(OH)₂/C (500 mg) was further added, and the mixture was stirred undera hydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 4 hr. The reaction mixture wasfiltered, and the filtrate was concentrated to give the title compound(1.95 g, quantitative) as a colorless oil.

ESI-MS: m/z 299 (M+H)⁺

Reference Example 47 tert-butyl3-[(1-methylethyl)amino]-6,7-dihydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine-8(9H)-carboxylate

Boc₂O (1.56 g) was added to a solution ofN-benzyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine(1.15 g) and triethylamine (1.10 mL) in ethyl acetate (15 mL), and themixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hr. The reaction mixturewas neutralized with 1 N hydrochloric acid, and extracted withtetrahydrofuran. The organic layer was washed with water and saturatedbrine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue waspurified by recrystallization (ethyl acetate-hexane) to give a colorlesspowder. To a solution of this in methanol (20 mL) was added 20%Pd(OH)₂/C (400 mg), and the mixture was stirred under a hydrogenatmosphere at 50° C. for 3 hr. 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (400 mg) was further added,and the mixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 17hr. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentratedto give the title compound (1.24 g, 79%) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.23 (d, J=6.40 Hz, 6H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 3.79-3.88 (m,2H), 3.91-4.03 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.39 (d, J=7.91 Hz, 1H), 4.60(brs, 2H), 7.49 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 309 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 48 tert-butyl3-[(D₃)methyl-(1-methylethyl)amino]-6,7-dihydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine-8(9H)-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl3-[(1-methylethyl)amino]-6,7-dihydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine-8(9H)-carboxylate(150 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) was added dropwise n-butyllithium(0.37 mL, 1.6 M hexane solution) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0°C. for 15 min and methyl iodide-D₃ (90 μL) was added dropwise thereto.The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 hr, and further at roomtemperature for 3 hr. Saturated aqueous sodium thiosulfate solution (5mL) was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. Theaqueous layer was extracted again with ethyl acetate. The combinedorganic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, dried overmagnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silicagel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 20→25% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (66 mg, 42%) as a pale-yellowoil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.17 (d, J=6.78 Hz, 6H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 3.79-3.86 (m,2H), 4.28-4.34 (m, 2H), 4.56-4.80 (m, 3H), 7.62 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 326 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 49 tert-butyl3-[ethyl(1-methylethyl)amino]-6,7-dihydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine-8(9H)-carboxylate

To a solution of tert-butyl3-[(1-methylethyl)amino]-6,7-dihydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine-8(9H)-carboxylate(137 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) was added dropwise potassiumhexamethyl disilazide (1.06 mL, 0.5 M toluene solution) at 0° C. Themixture was stirred at 0° C. for 15 min, and iodoethane (105 μL) wasadded dropwise thereto. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1.5 hr, andfurther at room temperature overnight. Water (5 mL) was added, and themixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer wasextracted again with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer waswashed with water and saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 10→40% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (10 mg, 7%) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.12-1.28 (m, 9H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 3.37 (q, J=7.16 Hz,2H), 3.83 (d, J=4.52 Hz, 2H), 4.26-4.36 (m, 2H), 4.61 (brs, 2H), 4.74(dt, J=13.56, 6.78 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 337 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 503-chloro-5-[methyl(propyl)amino]pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde

A solution of 2,6-dichloropyrazine (4.47 g), N-methylpropan-1-amine (4.6mL) and potassium carbonate (6.20 g) in DMA (30 mL) was stirred at 80°C. for 16 hr. Water was added to the reaction mixture, and the mixturewas extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with saturatedbrine and dried over magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporatedunder reduced pressure to give a crude product. Phosphoryl chloride (5.5mL) was added dropwise to DMF (30 mL) at 0° C., and the mixture wasstirred for 30 min. To this reaction mixture was added a solution of theobtained crude product in DMF (10 mL), and the mixture was stirred at50° C. for 14 hr. Water was added to the reaction mixture and themixture was stirred for 1 hr and extracted with ethyl acetate. Theextract was washed with water and saturated brine and dried overmagnesium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reducedpressure. The residue was recrystallized from diisopropyl ether to givethe title compound (4.76 g, 74%).

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ0.98 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.63-1.79 (m, 2H), 3.23 (s,3H), 3.51-3.69 (m, 2H), 8.04 (s, 1H), 10.14 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 214 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 512-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[methyl(propyl)amino]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]ethanol

Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.74 g) was added to a solution of3-chloro-5-[methyl(propyl)amino]pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde (0.50 g),N-benzylethanolamine (0.42 g) and acetic acid (0.40 mL) in acetonitrile(8 mL), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 hr. Thereaction mixture was basified with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate.The aqueous layer was extracted again with ethyl acetate. The combinedorganic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, dried overmagnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The residue was purified by silicagel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 10→40% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (0.75 g, 91%) as apale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ0.94 (t, J=7.54 Hz, 3H), 1.63 (d, J=7.54 Hz, 2H),2.71-2.77 (m, 2H), 3.07 (s, 3H), 3.40-3.49 (m, 2H), 3.56-3.64 (m, 2H),3.75 (s, 2H), 3.81 (s, 2H), 7.15-7.36 (m, 5H), 7.83 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 349 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 528-benzyl-N-methyl-N-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine

To a solution of2-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[methyl(propyl)amino]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]ethanol(0.75 g) in DMF (4 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (0.29 g) at 0°C., and the mixture was stirred for 6 hr. Water (10 mL) was added, andthe mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer wasextracted again with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer waswashed with water and saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 10→50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (50 mg, 8%) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ0.93 (t, J=7.38 Hz, 3H), 1.61-1.70 (m, 2H), 2.97-3.03(m, 2H), 3.03-3.09 (m, 3H), 3.41-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 3.90 (s,2H), 4.19-4.25 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.38 (m, 5H), 7.62 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 313 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 538-benzyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine

To a solution of8-benzyl-3-chloro-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine (213mg) in THF (5 mL) were added 2-(dicyclohexylphosphino)biphenyl (19 mg),Pd₂(dba)₃ (21 mg) and lithium hexamethyl disilazide (1 M THF solution,1.16 mL) under an argon stream at room temperature. The reaction mixturewas stirred at 60° C. to 70° C. for 1.5 hr. The reaction mixture wascooled to room temperature, 1 N hydrochloric acid (10 mL) was added, andthe mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 min. The aqueouslayer was basified with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, andextracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed withwater and saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by basic silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 20→100% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (97 mg, 49%) as a pale-yellow solid.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ2.93-3.08 (m, 2H), 3.72 (s, 2H), 3.92 (s, 2H),4.15-4.29 (m, 2H), 4.43 (brs, 2H), 7.00-7.45 (m, 5H), 7.64 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 257 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 548-benzyl-3-(2,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

A mixture of8-benzyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine (100mg), 2,5-hexanedione (50 μL), acetic acid (164 μL) and toluene (3 mL)was stirred at 80° C. for 24 hr. The mixture was diluted with ethylacetate at room temperature, and the organic layer was washed with waterand saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. Theresidue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solventgradient: 10→100% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (60mg, 46%) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ2.17 (s, 6H), 3.05-3.13 (m, 2H), 3.80 (s, 2H), 4.08 (s,2H), 4.29-4.36 (m, 2H), 5.91 (s, 2H), 7.28-7.38 (m, 5H), 8.19 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 335 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 558-benzyl-3-(2-methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

A solution of8-benzyl-3-chloro-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine (100mg), 2-methyl-1H-imidazole (42 mg), copper iodide (14 mg) and cesiumcarbonate (236 mg) in DMF (2 mL) was stirred at 100° C. overnight. Thereaction mixture was filtered, water (10 mL) was added to the filtrate,and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer wasextracted again with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer waswashed with water and saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, andconcentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 50→100% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (18 mg, 15%) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ2.63 (s, 3H), 3.07-3.16 (m, 2H), 3.79 (s, 2H), 4.07 (s,2H), 4.30-4.43 (m, 2H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 7.28-7.40 (m, 6H), 8.32 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 322 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 568-benzyl-2-chloro-N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine

A mixture of8-benzyl-N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine(500 mg), N-chlorosuccinimide (257 mg) and acetonitrile (10 mL) wasstirred at room temperature for 16 hr and at 50° C. for 24 hr. Water wasadded, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organiclayer was washed with water and saturated brine, dried over sodiumsulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residuewas purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient:0→40% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (437 mg, 79%) asa yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.20 (d, J=6.78 Hz, 6H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 2.93-3.05 (m,2H), 3.73 (s, 2H), 3.90 (s, 2H), 4.18-4.27 (m, 2H), 4.38 (quip, J=6.59Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.36 (m, 5H).

ESI-MS: m/z 347 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 578-benzyl-2-bromo-N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine

A mixture of8-benzyl-N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine(500 mg), N-bromosuccinimide (342 mg) and acetonitrile (10 mL) wasstirred at room temperature for 16 hr and at 50° C. for 24 hr. Water wasadded, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organiclayer was washed with water and saturated brine, dried over sodiumsulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residuewas purified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient:0→40% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (122 mg, 20%) asa colorless oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.13-1.24 (m, 6H), 2.83 (s, 3H), 2.93-3.06 (m, 2H),3.74 (s, 2H), 3.91 (s, 2H), 4.19-4.28 (m, 2H), 4.28-4.44 (m, 1H),7.26-7.38 (m, 5H).

ESI-MS: m/z 391 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 58 tert-butyl3-[methyl(1-methylethyl)amino]-6,7-dihydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine-8(9H)-carboxylate

A mixture of8-benzyl-N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine(2.0 g), 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (200 mg) and methanol (20 mL) was stirred under ahydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 2 hr. Insoluble material was filteredoff, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Boc₂O(2.1 g), 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (10 mL) and THF (20 mL)were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hr.Ethyl acetate was added, and the organic layer was separated. Theorganic layer was washed with water and saturated brine, dried oversodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtainedresidue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solventgradient: 3→40% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (2.2 g,quantitative) as a colorless oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.17 (d, J=6.78 Hz, 6H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 2.87 (s, 3H),3.79-3.92 (m, 2H), 4.26-4.38 (m, 2H), 4.57-4.81 (m, 3H), 7.62 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 323 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 59 tert-butyl2-bromo-3-[methyl(1-methylethyl)amino]-6,7-dihydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine-8(9H)-carboxylate

A mixture of tert-butyl3-[methyl(1-methylethyl)amino]-6,7-dihydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine-8(9H)-carboxylate(1.0 g), N-bromosuccinimide (608 mg) and acetonitrile (20 mL) wasstirred at room temperature for 16 hr. Water was added, and the mixturewas extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed withwater and saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentratedunder reduced pressure. The obtained residue was purified by silica gelcolumn chromatography (solvent gradient: 3→30% ethyl acetate/hexane) togive the title compound (915 mg, 74%) as a colorless oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.20 (d, J=6.78 Hz, 6H), 1.43 (s, 9H), 2.82 (s, 3H),3.77-3.92 (m, 2H), 4.25-4.41 (m, 3H), 4.60 (brs, 2H).

ESI-MS: 401 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 60 tert-butyl2-methyl-3-[methyl(1-methylethyl)amino]-6,7-dihydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine-8(9H)-carboxylate

A mixture of tert-butyl2-bromo-3-[methyl(1-methylethyl)amino]-6,7-dihydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine-8(9H)-carboxylate(200 mg), methylboronic acid (119 mg),tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (58 mg), tripotassium phosphate(423 mg) and DME (3 mL) was stirred under an argon atmosphere at 90° C.for 16 hr. Water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethylacetate. The organic layer was washed with water and saturated brine,dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. Theobtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography(solvent gradient: 3→40% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the titlecompound (109 mg, 65%) as a pale-yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.16 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 6H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 2.43 (s, 3H),2.73 (s, 3H), 3.79-3.95 (m, 3H), 4.25-4.38 (m, 2H), 4.63 (brs, 2H).

ESI-MS: m/z 337 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 618-benzyl-3-[(1-methylethyl)sulfanyl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

A suspension of8-benzyl-3-chloro-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine (300mg), isopropylthiol (0.121 mL) and potassium carbonate (451 mg) in DMF(5 mL) was stirred with heating at 100° C. for 16 hr. Water was added tothe reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate.The organic layer was washed with saturated brine, dried over sodiumsulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residuewas purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (solventgradient: 3→40% ethyl acetate/hexane), and further by preparative HPLCto give the title compound (111 mg, 32%) as a yellow oil.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.40 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 6H), 2.98-3.12 (m, 2H), 3.7 (s, 2H),3.93-4.03 (m, 1H), 3.97 (s, 2H), 4.21-4.32 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.43 (m, 5H),8.07 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 316 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 62(2R)-1-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[methyl(1-methylethyl)amino]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]-3-methoxypropan-2-ol

To a solution of3-chloro-5-[methyl(1-methylethyl)amino]pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde (321 mg),(2R)-1-(benzylamino)-3-methoxypropan-2-ol (351 mg) and acetic acid (258μL) in acetonitrile (5 mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (477mg), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5.5 hr. To thereaction mixture was added dropwise saturated sodium hydrogen carbonatesolution, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organiclayer was washed with saturated brine and dried over magnesium sulfate,and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue waspurified by silica gel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 10→50%ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the title compound (370 mg, 70%).

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.19 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 6H), 2.54-2.72 (m, 2H), 2.88 (s,3H), 3.28-3.40 (m, 5H), 3.60-3.98 (m, 5H), 4.33 (brs, 1H), 4.61-4.76 (m,1H), 7.15-7.36 (m, 5H), 7.84 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 393 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 63(6R)-8-benzyl-6-(methoxymethyl)-N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine

To a solution of(2R)-1-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[methyl(1-methylethyl)amino]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]-3-methoxypropan-2-ol(363 mg) in DMF (5 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (124 mg) at 0°C., and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hr. Waterwas added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted withethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water and saturated brine anddried over magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated underreduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient: 10→50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to givethe title compound (270 mg, 82%).

ESI-MS: m/z 357 (M+H)⁺.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.17 (dd, J=7.9, 6.8 Hz, 6H), 2.87 (3H, s), 2.88-3.10(2H, m), 3.38 (3H, s), 3.46-3.55 (1H, m), 3.61-3.87 (4H, m), 3.91-4.01(1H, m), 4.27-4.37 (1H, m, J=9.3, 5.4, 5.4, 2.1 Hz), 4.69-4.84 (1H, m),7.21-7.36 (5H, m), 7.61 (1H, s).

Reference Example 64(2R)-1-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[methyl(1-methylpropyl)amino]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]-3-methoxypropan-2-ol

To a solution of3-chloro-5-[methyl(1-methylpropyl)amino]pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde (342mg), (2R)-1-(benzylamino)-3-methoxypropan-2-ol (351 mg) and acetic acid(258 μL) in acetonitrile (5 mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride(477 mg), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hr. Tothe reaction mixture was added dropwise saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate.The organic layer was washed with saturated brine and dried overmagnesium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reducedpressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography(solvent gradient: 10→50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the titlecompound (389 mg, 64%).

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ0.85 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.15 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H),1.48-1.69 (m, 3H), 2.54-2.72 (m, 2H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 3.29-3.40 (m, 5H),3.61-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.83-3.97 (m, 3H), 4.35-4.52 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.36 (m,5H), 7.85 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 407 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 65(6R)-8-benzyl-6-(methoxymethyl)-N-methyl-N-(1-methylpropyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine

To a solution of(2R)-1-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[methyl(1-methylpropyl)amino]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]-3-methoxypropan-2-ol(385 mg) in DMF (10 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (126 mg), andthe mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hr. Water was addedto the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethylacetate. The extract was washed with water and saturated brine and driedover magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reducedpressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography(solvent gradient: 20→50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the titlecompound (300 mg, 86%).

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ0.78-0.91 (m, 3H), 1.08-1.19 (m, 3H), 1.47-1.59 (m,2H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.87-2.98 (m, 1H), 3.00-3.09 (m, 1H), 3.38 (s, 3H),3.46-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.87 (m, 4H), 3.90-4.00 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.38 (m,1H), 4.44-4.59 (m, 1H), 7.20-7.36 (m, 5H), 7.62 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 371 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 66(2R)-1-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[methyl(propyl)amino]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]-3-methoxypropan-2-ol

To a solution of 3-chloro-5-[methyl(propyl)amino]pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde(427 mg), (2R)-1-(benzylamino)-3-methoxypropan-2-ol (469 mg) and aceticacid (343 μL) in acetonitrile (10 mL) was added sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (636 mg), and the mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 1.5 hr. To the reaction mixture was added dropwise asaturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, and the mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed withsaturated brine and dried over magnesium sulfate, and the solvent wasevaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silicagel column chromatography to (solvent gradient: 5→50% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (579 mg, 74%).

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ0.93 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.53-1.71 (m, 3H), 2.54-2.72(m, 2H), 3.06 (s, 3H), 3.28-3.38 (m, 5H), 3.39-3.48 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.79(m, 2H), 3.82-3.96 (m, 3H), 7.17-7.35 (m, 5H), 7.83 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 393 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 67(6R)-8-benzyl-6-(methoxymethyl)-N-methyl-N-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine

To a solution of(2R)-1-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[methyl(propyl)amino]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]-3-methoxypropan-2-ol(574 mg) in DMF (15 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (197 mg), andthe mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hr. Water was addedto the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethylacetate. The extract was washed with water and saturated brine and driedover magnesium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reducedpressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography(solvent gradient: 10→33% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the titlecompound (468 mg, 90%).

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ0.92 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 1.55-1.70 (m, 2H), 2.87-2.97(m, 1H), 3.00-3.09 (m, 4H), 3.38 (s, 3H), 3.40-3.55 (m, 3H), 3.61-3.87(m, 4H), 3.91-4.00 (m, 1H), 4.26-4.36 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.36 (m, 5H), 7.60(s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 357 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 682-chloro-6-[2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]pyrazine

A solution of 2,6-dichloropyrazine (1.18 g),2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidine (1.0 g) and potassium carbonate (1.64 g) inDMA (15 mL) was stirred at 80° C. for 16 hr. Water was added to thereaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. Theextract was washed with water and saturated brine and dried overmagnesium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reducedpressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography(solvent gradient: 5→15% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the titlecompound (1.45 g, 80%).

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.93-2.19 (m, 4H), 3.33-3.45 (m, 5H), 3.48-3.61 (m,2H), 4.19-4.29 (m, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 228 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 693-chloro-5-[2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde

Phosphoryl chloride (1.2 mL) was added dropwise to DMF (10 mL) at 0° C.,and the mixture was stirred for 20 min. To the reaction mixture wasadded a solution of2-chloro-6-[2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]pyrazine (1.45 g) in DMF (3mL), and the mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 16 hr. Water was added tothe reaction mixture, and the mixture was stirred for 2 hr, andextracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with water andsaturated brine and dried over magnesium sulfate, and the solvent wasevaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silicagel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 5→50% ethyl acetate/hexane)to give the title compound (1.04 g, 64%).

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.94-2.33 (m, 4H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 3.38-3.82 (m, 4H),4.23-4.60 (m, 1H), 8.02 (brs, 1H), 10.15 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 256 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 70(2R)-1-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]-3-methoxypropan-2-ol

To a solution of3-chloro-5-[2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde(511 mg), (2R)-1-(benzylamino)-3-methoxypropan-2-ol (469 mg) and aceticacid (343 μL) in acetonitrile (10 mL) was added sodiumtriacetoxyborohydride (636 mg), and the mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 14.5 hr. To the reaction mixture was added dropwise asaturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, and the mixture wasextracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed withsaturated brine and dried over magnesium sulfate, and the solvent wasevaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silicagel column chromatography (solvent gradient: 10→50% ethylacetate/hexane) to give the title compound (583 mg, 67%).

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.91-2.17 (m, 4H), 2.54-2.72 (m, 2H), 3.27-3.43 (m,10H), 3.46-3.79 (m, 4H), 3.82-3.96 (m, 3H), 4.13-4.34 (m, 2H), 7.16-7.36(m, 5H), 7.80 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 435 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 71(6R)-8-benzyl-6-(methoxymethyl)-3-[2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

To a solution of(2R)-1-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]-3-methoxypropan-2-ol(578 mg) in DMF (10 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (179 mg), andthe mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. Water was added tothe reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate.The extract was washed with water and saturated brine and dried overmagnesium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reducedpressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography(solvent gradient: 10→50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the titlecompound (467 mg, 88%).

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.93-2.14 (m, 4H), 2.88-3.10 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.43 (m,8H), 3.47-4.01 (m, 8H), 4.16-4.35 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.35 (m, 5H), 7.58 (s,1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 399 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 72(2R)-1-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[cyclobutyl(methyl)amino]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]-3-methoxypropan-2-ol

To a solution of3-chloro-5-[cyclobutyl(methyl)amino]pyrazine-2-carbaldehyde (451 mg),(2R)-1-(benzylamino)-3-methoxypropan-2-ol (469 mg) and acetic acid (343μL) in acetonitrile (10 mL) was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (636mg), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. To thereaction mixture was added dropwise a saturated sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate.The organic layer was washed with saturated brine and dried overmagnesium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reducedpressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography(solvent gradient: 10→50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the titlecompound (674 mg, 83%).

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.65-1.81 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.33 (m, 4H), 2.53-2.72 (m,2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 3.27-3.39 (m, 5H), 3.59-3.79 (m, 2H), 3.81-3.96 (m,3H), 4.30 (brs, 1H), 4.54-4.69 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.34 (m, 5H), 7.83 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 405 (M+H)⁺.

Reference Example 73(6R)-8-benzyl-N-cyclobutyl-6-(methoxymethyl)-N-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine

To a solution of(2R)-1-[benzyl({3-chloro-5-[cyclobutyl(methyl)amino]pyrazin-2-yl}methyl)amino]-3-methoxypropan-2-ol(670 mg) in DMF (10 mL) was added potassium tert-butoxide (223 mg), andthe mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. Water was added tothe reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate.The extract was washed with water and saturated brine and dried overmagnesium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reducedpressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography(solvent gradient: 10→50% ethyl acetate/hexane) to give the titlecompound (530 mg, 87%).

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.61-1.79 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.32 (m, 4H), 2.88-3.10 (m,5H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 3.50 (dd, J=10.2, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 3.60-3.88 (m, 4H),3.91-4.02 (m, 1H), 4.27-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.65-4.80 (m, 1H), 7.21-7.35 (m,5H), 7.60 (s, 1H).

ESI-MS: m/z 369 (M+H)⁺.

Example 1 3-cyclopentyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepinehydrochloride

A mixture of8-benzyl-3-(cyclopent-1-en-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine(290 mg), 10% Pd/C (150 mg) and methanol (3 mL) was stirred under ahydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 4 hr. Insoluble material was filteredoff, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Theresidue was purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (solventgradient; 10→100% ethyl acetate/hexane). To a solution of the obtainedoil in methanol (2 mL) was added 1 N hydrochloric acid (0.75 mL), andthe mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crudecrystals were purified by recrystallization (ethanol-diisopropyl ether)to give the title compound (165 mg, 68%) as colorless crystals.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.44-1.86 (m, 6H), 1.87-2.13 (m, 2H), 3.07-3.28 (m,1H), 3.46-3.64 (m, 2H), 4.36-4.63 (m, 4H), 8.33 (s, 1H), 9.87 (brs, 2H)

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 220 (M+H)⁺.

Example 23-(1-methylethoxy)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepinehydrochloride

A mixture of8-benzyl-3-(1-methylethoxy)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine(137 mg), 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (100 mg) and methanol (2 mL) was stirred under ahydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 1 hr. Insoluble material was filteredoff, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. To asolution of the obtained oil in methanol (1 mL) was added 1 Nhydrochloric acid (0.42 mL) and the mixture was concentrated underreduced pressure. The obtained crude crystals were purified byrecrystallization (ethanol-diisopropyl ether) to give the title compound(83.7 mg, 74%) as colorless crystals.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.31 (d, J=6.03 Hz, 6H), 3.55 (dt, J=4.57, 2.52 Hz,2H), 4.43 (s, 2H), 4.49 (dt, J=4.52, 2.45 Hz, 2H), 5.13 (quintet, J=6.17Hz, 1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 9.64 (brs, 2H)

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 210 (M+H)⁺.

Example 33-[(1R)-1-cyclopropylethoxy]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepinehydrochloride

To a solution of8-benzyl-3-[(1R)-1-cyclopropylethoxy]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine(32.9 mg) in toluene (3 mL) was added 1-chloroethyl chloroformate (0.11mL), and the mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 3 hr. The reactionmixture was cooled to room temperature, and concentrated. To theobtained residue was added methanol (3 mL), and the mixture was stirredat 60° C. for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature,and concentrated. The concentrate was diluted with ethyl acetate, andwashed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, water andsaturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesiumsulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residuewas purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (solventgradient; 10→100% ethyl acetate/hexane). To a solution of the obtainedoil in methanol (1 mL) was added 1 N hydrochloric acid (0.45 mL), andthe mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crudecrystals were purified by recrystallization (ethanol-diisopropyl ether)to give the title compound (8.6 mg, 3%) as colorless crystals.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ0.35 (d, 2H), 0.42-0.60 (m, 2H), 1.01-1.25 (m, 1H),1.33 (d, J=6.03 Hz, 3H), 3.45-3.64 (m, 2H), 4.29-4.67 (m, 5H), 8.01 (s,1H), 9.55 (brs, 2H)

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 236 (M+H)⁺.

Example 43-(morpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

A mixture of8-benzyl-3-(morpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine(259 mg), 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (300 mg) and methanol (2 mL) was stirred under ahydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 2 hr. Insoluble material was filteredoff, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Theresidue was purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (solventgradient; 0→10% methanol/ethyl acetate) and recrystallized (ethylacetate-hexane) to give the title compound (54.1 mg, 29%) as colorlesscrystals.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ3.11-3.35 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.65 (m, 4H), 3.73-3.88 (m,4H), 4.08 (s, 2H), 4.17-4.34 (m, 2H), 7.71 (s, 1H)

Example 53-[(3R)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepinehydrochloride

A mixture of8-benzyl-3-[(3R)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine(124 mg), 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (60 mg) and methanol (3 mL) was stirred under ahydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 2 hr. Insoluble material was filteredoff, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Theresidue was purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (solventgradient; 10→100% ethyl acetate/hexane). To a solution of the obtainedoil in methanol (1 mL) was added 1 N hydrochloric acid (0.28 mL), andthe mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crudecrystals were purified by recrystallization (ethanol-diisopropyl ether)to give the title compound (62.6 mg, 60%) as colorless crystals.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.15 (d, 3H), 3.12 (td, J=12.72, 3.96 Hz, 1H),3.39-3.55 (m, 3H), 3.56-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.67-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.99 (m,2H), 4.24-4.35 (m, 3H), 4.38 (dt, J=4.43, 2.50 Hz, 2H), 7.98 (s, 1H),9.59 (brs, 2H)

A mixture of8-benzyl-3-[(3R)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine(733 mg), 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (300 mg) and methanol (5 mL) was stirred under ahydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 2 hr. Insoluble material was filteredoff, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Theresidue was purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (solventgradient; 5→100% ethyl acetate/hexane). To a solution of the obtainedoil in methanol (3 mL) was added 1 N hydrochloric acid (1.8 mL), and themixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crudecrystals were purified by recrystallization (ethanol-diisopropyl ether)to give the title compound as crystals (418 mg, 68%).

powder X ray crystal diffraction: 2θ(°)=5.14, 9.76, 10.36, 12.24, 15.62,16.14, 16.96, 18.98, 20.66, 20.90, 22.68, 23.74, 24.86

Example 6(6S)-6-methyl-3-(morpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine

A mixture of(6S)-8-benzyl-6-methyl-3-(morpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine(70 mg), 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (70 mg) and methanol (2 mL) was stirred under ahydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 2 hr. Insoluble material was filteredoff, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Theresidue was purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (solventgradient; 20→100% ethyl acetate/hexane) and recrystallized (ethylacetate-hexane) to give the title compound (11.1 mg, 21%) as colorlesscrystals.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ1.40 (d, 3H), 3.00 (dd, J=14.20, 9.66 Hz, 1H),3.13-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.57 (m, 4H), 3.71-3.85 (m, 4H), 3.90-4.04 (m,1H), 4.06-4.19 (m, 1H), 4.19-4.33 (m, 1H), 7.69 (s, 1H)

ESI-MS: m/z 251 (M+H)⁺.

Example 7(6S)-6-methyl-3-[(3R)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepinehydrochloride

A mixture of(6S)-8-benzyl-6-methyl-3-[(3R)-3-methylmorpholin-4-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine(233 mg), 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (200 mg) and methanol (4 mL) was stirred under ahydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 2 hr. Insoluble material was filteredoff, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Theresidue was purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (solventgradient; 10→100% ethyl acetate/hexane). To a solution of the obtainedoil in methanol (2 mL) was added 1 N hydrochloric acid (0.42 mL), andthe mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crudecrystals were purified by recrystallization (ethanol-diisopropyl ether)to give the title compound (94.7 mg, 48%) as colorless crystals.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.14 (d, J=6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.37 (d, J=6.40 Hz, 3H),3.13 (td, J=12.62, 3.77 Hz, 1H), 3.38-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.56-3.67 (m, 1H),3.67-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.77-4.02 (m, 3H), 4.18 (d, J=15.07 Hz, 1H),4.26-4.37 (m, 1H), 4.43 (d, J=14.69 Hz, 1H), 4.49-4.65 (m, 1H), 7.97 (s,1H), 9.79 (brs, 2H)

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 265 (M+H)⁺.

Example 8N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-aminehydrochloride

A mixture of8-benzyl-N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine(79 mg), 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (80 mg) and methanol (2 mL) was stirred under ahydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 1 hr. Insoluble material was filteredoff, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Theresidue was purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (solventgradient; 10→100% ethyl acetate/hexane). To a solution of the obtainedoil in methanol (2 mL) was added 1 N hydrochloric acid (0.19 mL), andthe mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crudecrystals were purified by recrystallization (ethanol-diisopropyl ether)to give the title compound (37.3 mg, 57%) as colorless crystals.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.12 (d, 6H), 2.85 (s, 3H), 3.49 (dt, J=4.52, 2.26Hz, 2H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 4.36 (dt, J=4.52, 2.26 Hz, 2H), 4.66 (quintet,J=6.69 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H), 9.53 (brs, 2H)

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 223 (M+H)⁺.

The title compound (300 mg) was dissolved in methanol (about 6 mL), andthe mixture was filtered. The solvent was evaporated while stirring thefiltrate at 5° C. under a nitrogen stream, and the precipitated crystalswere collected by filtration to give the title compound as crystals (280mg).

powder X ray crystal diffraction: 2θ(°)=8.10, 10.26, 12.90, 16.28,16.70, 19.98, 23.02, 24.14, 24.60, 26.04

Example 93-[(3R)-3-ethylmorpholin-4-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepinehydrochloride

A mixture of8-benzyl-3-[(3R)-3-ethylmorpholin-4-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine(130 mg), 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (80 mg) and methanol (2 mL) was stirred under ahydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 1 hr. Insoluble material was filteredoff, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. Theresidue was purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (solventgradient; 10→100% ethyl acetate/hexane). To a solution of the obtainedoil in methanol (1 mL) was added 1 N hydrochloric acid (0.27 mL), andthe mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crudecrystals were purified by recrystallization (ethanol-diisopropyl ether)to give the title compound (66.7 mg, 60%) as colorless crystals.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ0.84 (t, J=4.90 Hz, 3H), 1.46-1.86 (m, 2H), 3.12 (td,J=12.72, 3.96 Hz, 1H), 3.37-3.56 (m, 4H), 3.75-4.02 (m, 3H), 4.05-4.18(m, 1H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 4.38 (d, J=4.14 Hz, 2H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 9.53 (brs,2H)

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 265 (M+H)⁺.

Example 10 3-cyclopropyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepinehydrochloride

To a solution of8-benzyl-3-cyclopropyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine(79.9 mg) in toluene (3 mL) was added 1-chloroethyl chloroformate (0.033mL), and the mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 3 hr. The reactionmixture was cooled to room temperature, and concentrated. To theobtained residue was added methanol (3 mL) and the mixture was stirredat 60° C. for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature,and concentrated. The concentrate was diluted with ethyl acetate, andwashed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, water andsaturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesiumsulfate, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residuewas purified by basic silica gel column chromatography (solventgradient; 10→100% ethyl acetate/hexane). To a solution of the obtainedoil in methanol (1 mL) was added 0.1 N hydrochloric acid (0.6 mL), andthe mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained crudecrystals were purified by recrystallization (ethanol-diisopropyl ether)to give the title compound (10.2 mg, 16%) as colorless crystals.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ0.81-0.94 (m, 2H), 0.98-1.16 (m, 2H), 1.95-2.26 (m,1H), 3.53 (dt, J=4.43, 2.50 Hz, 2H), 4.29-4.61 (m, 4H), 8.39 (s, 1H),9.72 (brs, 2H)

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 192 (M+H)⁺.

Example 113-(cyclopent-1-en-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepinehydrochloride

To a solution of8-benzyl-3-(cyclopent-1-en-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine(99 mg) in toluene (1 mL) was added 1-chloroethyl chloroformate (0.038mL), and the mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 4 hr. 1-Chloroethylchloroformate (0.038 mL) was further added, and the mixture was stirredat 90° C. for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature,and concentrated. To the obtained residue was added methanol (1 mL), andthe mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 0.5 hr. The reaction mixture wascooled to room temperature, and concentrated. The concentrate wasdiluted with ethyl acetate, and washed with saturated aqueous sodiumhydrogen carbonate, water and saturated brine. The organic layer wasdried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated under reducedpressure. The obtained residue was purified by basic silica gel columnchromatography (solvent gradient; 10→100% ethyl acetate/hexane). To asolution of the obtained oil in methanol (1 mL) was added 1 Nhydrochloric acid (0.18 mL), and the mixture was concentrated underreduced pressure. The obtained crude crystals were purified byrecrystallization (ethanol-diisopropyl ether) to give the title compound(41.1 mg, 50%) as colorless crystals.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.98 (quintet, 2H), 2.53-2.61 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.79 (m,2H), 3.56 (dt, J=4.71, 2.54 Hz, 2H), 4.36-4.61 (m, 4H), 6.83 (s, 1H),8.59 (s, 1H), 9.70 (brs, 2H)

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 218 (M+H)⁺.

Example 123-(2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepinehydrochloride

To a solution of8-benzyl-3-(2-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine(0.65 g) in methanol (20 mL) was added 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (0.13 g), and themixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 2.5 hr.The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. Toa solution of the obtained crude product in ethyl acetate (20 mL) wasadded a 4 N hydrogen chloride-ethyl acetate solution (628 μL) and themixture was stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixture was filtered, andthe obtained crystals were purified by recrystallization (methanol-ethylacetate) to give the title compound (0.40 g, 73%) as a pale-yellowpowder.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.11 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H),1.50-1.80 (m, 5H), 2.85-3.00 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.55 (m, 2H), 4.12 (dd,J=13.2, 2.6 Hz, 1H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 4.37 (dt, J=4.5, 2.3 Hz, 2H), 4.60(d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 9.66 (brs, 2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 249 (M+H)⁺.

Example 133-(2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepinehydrochloride

To a solution of8-benzyl-3-(2-methylpyrrolidin-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine(0.51 g) in methanol (15 mL) was added 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (0.08 g), and themixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 1 hr. Thereaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. To asolution of the obtained crude product in ethyl acetate (15 mL) wasadded a 4 N hydrogen chloride-ethyl acetate solution (430 μL), and themixture was stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixture was filtered, andthe obtained crystals were purified by recrystallization (methanol-ethylacetate) to give the title compound (0.30 g, 71%) as a colorless powder.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.10-1.20 (m, 3H), 1.62-1.76 (m, 1H), 1.88-2.12 (m,3H), 3.23-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.44-3.57 (m, 3H), 4.12 (quin, J=5.77 Hz, 1H),4.25-4.31 (m, 2H), 4.31-4.45 (m, 2H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 9.68 (brs, 2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 235 (M+H)⁺.

Example 14N-methyl-N-(1-methylpropyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-aminehydrochloride

To a solution of8-benzyl-N-methyl-N-(1-methylpropyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine(0.64 g) in methanol (20 mL) was added 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (0.13 g), and themixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 2 hr. Thereaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. To asolution of the obtained crude product in ethyl acetate (20 mL) wasadded a 4 N hydrogen chloride-ethyl acetate solution (540 μL), and themixture was stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixture was filtered, andthe obtained crystals were purified by recrystallization (methanol-ethylacetate) to give the title compound (0.44 g, 82%) as a pale-yellowpowder.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ0.76 (t, J=7.38 Hz, 3H), 1.09 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 3H),1.53 (tq, J=13.68, 6.78 Hz, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.49 (br.s, 2H), 4.30(brs, 2H), 4.33-4.41 (m, 2H), 4.41-4.54 (m, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 9.58(br.s, 2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 237 (M+H)⁺.

Example 15 N-methyl-N-[(1R orS)-1-methylpropyl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-aminehydrochloride

(Step 1)

To a solution ofN-methyl-N-(1-methylpropyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-aminehydrochloride (0.38 g) in tetrahydrofuran-ethyl acetate (1:1, 20 mL) wasadded a 1 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (8.3 mL), and the mixturewas stirred at room temperature for 1 hr. The obtained reaction mixturewas extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted againwith ethyl acetate. The obtained crude product was optically resolved byCHIRALPAKAD JG0001, 50 mmID×500 mL manufactured by Daicel ChemicalIndustries Limited (solvent: 80% ethanol/hexane) to give compound A (147mg, >99.9% ee) with retention time 12.1 min and compound B (146 mg,99.8% ee) with retention time 15 min each as a colorless oil.

(Step 2)

To a solution of compound A (147 mg, >99.9% ee) obtained in theabove-mentioned step 1 in ethyl acetate (6 mL) was added a 4 N hydrogenchloride-ethyl acetate solution (170 μL), and the mixture was stirredfor 1 hr. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the obtained crystalswere purified by recrystallization (methanol-ethyl acetate) to give thetitle compound (0.11 g, 65%) as a colorless powder.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ0.76 (t, J=7.35 Hz, 3H), 1.09 (d, J=6.40 Hz, 3H),1.53 (dq, J=13.70, 6.99 Hz, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.47 (dt, J=4.62, 2.40Hz, 2H), 4.28 (s, 2H), 4.37 (dt, J=4.33, 2.35 Hz, 2H), 4.41-4.54 (m,1H), 7.86 (s, 1H), 9.73 (brs, 2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 237 (M+H)⁺.

Example 16 N-methyl-N-[(1R orS)-1-methylpropyl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-aminehydrochloride

To a solution of compound B (146 mg, 99.8% ee) obtained in step 1 ofExample 15 in ethyl acetate (6 mL) was added a 4 N hydrogenchloride-ethyl acetate solution (170 μL), and the mixture was stirredfor 1 hr. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the obtained crystalswere purified by recrystallization (methanol-ethyl acetate) to give thetitle compound (0.10 g, 65%) as a colorless powder.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ0.75 (t, J=7.35 Hz, 3H), 1.09 (d, J=6.78 Hz, 3H),1.45-1.62 (m, 2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.48 (dt, J=4.33, 2.35 Hz, 2H), 4.29(s, 2H), 4.36 (dt, J=4.52, 2.26 Hz, 2H), 4.41-4.54 (m, 1H), 7.87 (s,1H), 9.54 (brs, 2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 237 (M+H)⁺.

Example 17N-(cyclopropylmethyl)-N-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-aminehydrochloride

To a solution of8-benzyl-N-(cyclopropylmethyl)-N-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine(0.36 g) in methanol (10 mL) was added 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (70 mg), and themixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 2.5 hr.The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. Toa solution of the obtained crude product in ethyl acetate (10 mL) wasadded a 4 N hydrogen chloride-ethyl acetate solution (300 μL), and themixture was stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixture was filtered, andthe obtained crystals were purified by recrystallization (methanol-ethylacetate) to give the title compound (197 mg, 67%) as a colorless powder.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ0.23-0.32 (m, 2H), 0.40-0.50 (m, 2H), 0.94-1.08 (m,1H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 3.41 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 2H), 3.48 (dt, J=4.73, 2.18 Hz,2H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 4.37 (dt, 4.54, 2.27 Hz, 2H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 9.70(brs, 2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 235 (M+H)⁺.

Example 18N-cyclobutyl-N-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-aminehydrochloride

To a solution of8-benzyl-N-cyclobutyl-N-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine(0.48 g) in methanol (10 mL) was added 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (90 mg), and themixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 3 hr. Thereaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. To asolution of the obtained crude product in ethyl acetate (10 mL) wasadded a 4 N hydrogen chloride-ethyl acetate solution (400 μL), and themixture was stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixture was filtered, andthe obtained crystals were purified by recrystallization (methanol-ethylacetate) to give the title compound (257 mg, 65%) as a colorless powder.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.56-1.75 (m, 2H), 2.09-2.24 (m, 4H), 2.96-3.03 (m,3H), 3.47 (dt, J=4.54, 2.27 Hz, 2H), 4.25-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.38 (dt,J=4.54, 2.27 Hz, 2H), 4.71 (t, J=8.52 Hz, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 9.87 (brs,2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 235 (M+H)⁺.

Example 19N-benzyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-aminehydrochloride

To a solution ofN,8-benzyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine(2.55 g) in methanol (20 mL) was added 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (260 mg), and themixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 2 hr. 20%Pd(OH)₂/C (500 mg) was further added, and the mixture was stirred undera hydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 4 hr. The reaction mixture wasfiltered, and the filtrate was concentrated to give a colorless oil(1.95 g). 53 mg of this oil was dissolved in ethyl acetate (1 mL), a 4 Nhydrogen chloride-ethyl acetate solution (49 μL) was added, and themixture was stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixture was filtered, andthe obtained crystals were purified by recrystallization(ethanol-diisopropyl ether) to give the title compound (47 mg, 79%) as apale-yellow powder.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.15 (d, J=6.40 Hz, 6H), 3.47 (brs, 2H), 4.28 (brs,2H), 4.35-4.41 (m, 2H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 4.82 (quin, J=6.59 Hz, 1H),7.18-7.36 (m, 5H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 9.67 (brs, 2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 299 (M+H)⁺

Example 20N-(D₃)methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-aminehydrochloride

To a solution of tert-butyl3-[(D₃)methyl-(1-methylethyl)amino]-6,7-dihydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine-8(9H)-carboxylate(66 mg) in ethyl acetate (0.5 mL) was added 4 N hydrogen chloride-ethylacetate solution (0.5 mL), and the mixture was stirred for 1.5 hr. Thereaction mixture was basified with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layerwas extracted again with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer waswashed with water and saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, andconcentrated. To a solution of the obtained crude product in methanol (1mL) was added 1.0 N hydrochloric acid (156 μL), and the mixture wasstirred for 30 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and theobtained crystals were purified by recrystallization (methanol-ethylacetate) to give the title compound (6 mg, 61%) as a pale-yellow powder.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.12 (d, J=6.78 Hz, 6H), 3.48 (dt, J=4.80, 2.31 Hz,2H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 4.35 (dt, J=4.52, 2.26 Hz, 2H), 4.66 (quin, J=6.69Hz, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 9.48 (brs, 2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 226 (M+H)⁺.

Example 21N-ethyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-aminehydrochloride

To a solution of tert-butyl3-[ethyl(1-methylethyl)amino]-6,7-dihydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine-8(9H)-carboxylate(10 mg) in ethyl acetate (0.1 mL) was added 4 N hydrogen chloride-ethylacetate solution (0.5 mL), and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. Thereaction mixture was basified with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layerwas extracted again with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer waswashed with water and saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, andconcentrated. To a solution of the obtained crude product in methanol(0.5 mL) was added 1.0 N hydrochloric acid (33 μL), and the mixture wasstirred for 5 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and theobtained crystals were purified by recrystallization(ethanol-diisopropyl ether) to give the title compound (10 mg, 100%) asa pale-yellow powder.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.06-1.22 (m, 9H), 3.40 (q, J=7.03 Hz, 2H), 3.45-3.54(m, 2H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 4.33-4.40 (m, 2H), 4.61 (dt, J=13.28, 6.73 Hz,1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 9.47 (brs, 2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 237 (M+H)⁺.

Example 22N-methyl-N-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-aminehydrochloride

To a solution of8-benzyl-N-methyl-N-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine(50 mg) in methanol (4 mL) was added 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (10 mg), and themixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 2 hr. Thereaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. To asolution of the obtained crude product in ethyl acetate (2 mL) was addeda 4 N hydrogen chloride-ethyl acetate solution (44 μL), and the mixturewas stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixture was filtered, and theobtained crystals were purified by recrystallization (methanol-ethylacetate) to give the title compound (27 mg, 65%) as a colorless powder.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ0.86 (t, J=7.16 Hz, 3H), 1.54 (dq, J=14.18, 6.83 Hz,2H), 3.02 (s, 3H), 3.47 (d, J=6.03 Hz, 4H), 4.22-4.44 (m, 4H), 7.85 (s,1H), 9.68 (brs, 2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 223 (M+H)⁺.

Example 23N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-aminehydrochloride

tert-Butyl3-[(1-methylethyl)amino]-6,7-dihydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine-8(9H)-carboxylate(72 mg) and TFA (2 mL) were stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Thesolvent was evaporated under reduced pressure, a saturated sodiumhydrogen carbonate solution was added to the residue, and the mixturewas extracted with an ethyl acetate-THF mixed solution (1:1). Theextract was washed with water and saturated brine and dried overmagnesium sulfate, and the solvent was evaporated under reducedpressure. The residue was dissolved in methanol, and the mixture waspurified using an ion exchange resin (Argonaut Inc., SPE column MP-TsOH)(eluate: 2 M ammonia/methanol). To the obtained residue was added 1 Nhydrochloric acid (0.184 mL) and the mixture was recrystallized fromethanol-diethyl ether-diisopropyl ether to give the title compound (27mg, 48%).

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.14 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 6H), 3.45 (brs, 2H), 3.79-3.98 (m,1H), 4.25 (brs, 2H), 4.31-4.38 (m, 2H), 7.28 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (s,1H), 9.50 (brs, 2H).

Example 24 6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine

A mixture of8-benzyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine (87 mg),20% Pd(OH)₂/C (150 mg) and methanol (2 mL) was stirred under a hydrogenatmosphere at 50° C. for 1 hr. Insoluble material was filtered off, andthe filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue waspurified by recrystallization (ethanol-hexane) to give the titlecompound (19.7 mg, 35%) as colorless crystals.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃): δ3.08-3.43 (m, 2H), 4.07 (s, 2H), 4.22 (d, J=9.42 Hz,2H), 4.44 (brs, 2H), 7.61 (s, 1H).

Example 253-(2,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepinehydrochloride

To a solution of8-benzyl-3-(2,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine(60 mg) in methanol (4 mL) was added 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (10 mg), and themixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 2 hr. Thereaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. To asolution of the obtained crude product in ethyl acetate (4 mL) was addeda 4 N hydrogen chloride-ethyl acetate solution (50 μL), and the mixturewas stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixture was filtered to give thetitle compound (28 mg, 56%) as a brown powder.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ2.11 (s, 6H), 3.30-3.90 (m, 2H), 4.53-4.73 (m, 4H),5.88 (s, 2H), 8.53 (s, 1H), 10.10 (brs, 2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 245 (M+H)⁺.

Example 263-(2-methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepinehydrochloride

To a solution of8-benzyl-3-(2-methyl-1H-imidazol-1-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine(18 mg) in methanol (2.5 mL) was added 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (10 mg), and themixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 5 hr. Thereaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. To asolution of the obtained crude product in methanol (0.3 mL) was added0.1 N hydrochloric acid (410 μL), and the mixture was stirred for 30min. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the obtained crystalswere purified by recrystallization (methanol-ethyl acetate) to give thetitle compound (6 mg, 61%) as a pale-yellow powder.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ2.59 (s, 3H), 3.58-3.65 (m, 2H), 4.59 (s, 2H),4.62-4.70 (m, 2H), 7.17 (s, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=1.88 Hz, 1H), 8.77 (s, 1H),10.27 (brs, 2H).

Example 272-chloro-N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-aminehydrochloride

To a solution of8-benzyl-2-chloro-N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine(200 mg) in toluene (3 mL) was added 1-chloroethyl chloroformate (0.075mL), and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 2 hr. The reactionmixture was cooled to room temperature, and concentrated. To theobtained residue was added methanol (3 mL) and the mixture was stirredat 80° C. for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature,and concentrated. The obtained residue was purified by recrystallization(methanol-diisopropyl ether) to give the title compound (102 mg, 60%) aspale-yellow crystals.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.16 (d, J=6.44 Hz, 6H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.48-3.61 (m,2H), 4.30-4.40 (m, 3H), 4.43 (dt, J=4.54, 2.27 Hz, 2H), 9.63 (brs, 2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 257 (M+H)⁺.

Example 282-bromo-N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-aminehydrochloride

To a solution of8-benzyl-2-bromo-N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine(122 mg) in toluene (2 mL) was added 1-chloroethyl chloroformate (0.040mL), and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 2 hr. The reactionmixture was cooled to room temperature, and concentrated. To theobtained residue was added methanol (2 mL), and the mixture was stirredat 80° C. for 1 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature,and concentrated. The obtained residue was purified by recrystallization(methanol-diisopropyl ether) to give the title compound (59 mg, 56%) aspale-yellow crystals.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.16 (d, J=6.82 Hz, 6H), 2.80 (s, 3H), 3.53 (brs,2H), 4.22-4.38 (m, 3H), 4.42-4.50 (m, 2H), 9.61 (brs, 2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 301 (M+H)⁺.

Example 29N,2-dimethyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-aminehydrochloride

A mixture of tert-butyl2-methyl-3-[methyl(1-methylethyl)amino]-6,7-dihydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine-8(9H)-carboxylate(109 mg) and 2N hydrogen chloride-ethyl acetate (4 mL) was stirred atroom temperature for 4 hr. The reaction mixture was basified with 1Nsodium hydroxide, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layerwas washed with saturated brine, dried over sodium sulfate, andconcentrated under reduced pressure. To the obtained residue were addedmethanol (5 mL) and 1 N hydrochloric acid (0.325 mL), and the mixturewas concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue waspurified by recrystallization (ethanol-diisopropyl ether) to give thetitle compound (67 mg, 76%) as a colorless powder.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.13 (d, J=6.44 Hz, 6H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.71 (s, 3H),3.49 (brs, 2H), 3.99 (dt, J=13.16, 6.48 Hz, 1H), 4.23-4.41 (m, 4H), 9.66(brs, 2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 237 (M+H)⁺.

Example 303-[(1-methylethyl)sulfanyl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepinehydrochloride

To a solution of8-benzyl-3-[(1-methylethyl)sulfanyl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine(111 mg) in toluene (3 mL) was added 1-chloroethyl chloroformate (0.042mL), and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 4 hr. The reactionmixture was cooled to room temperature, and concentrated. The obtainedresidue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (solventgradient; 3→40% ethyl acetate/hexane). To the obtained oil was addedmethanol (3 mL), and the mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 2 hr. Thereaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and concentrated. Theobtained residue was purified by recrystallization (ethanol-diisopropylether) to give the title compound (19.2 mg, 21%) as pale-yellowcrystals.

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.36 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 6H), 3.50-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.89(quin, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (s, 2H), 4.49-4.57 (m, 2H), 8.30 (s, 1H),9.65 (brs, 2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 226 (M+H)⁺.

Example 31

(6R)-6-(methoxymethyl)-N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-aminehydrochloride

To a solution of(6R)-8-benzyl-6-(methoxymethyl)-N-methyl-N-(1-methylethyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine(261 mg) in methanol (7 mL) was added 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (40 mg), and themixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 7 hr. Thereaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated underreduced pressure. To a solution of the obtained crude product in ethylacetate (10 mL) was added a 4 N hydrogen chloride-ethyl acetate solution(200 μL), and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixturewas filtered, and the obtained crystals were washed with ethyl acetateto give the title compound (136 mg, 61%).

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.12 (dd, J=10.0, 6.6 Hz, 6H), 2.85 (s, 3H),3.24-3.43 (m, 4H), 3.45-3.70 (m, 3H), 4.17 (d, J=15.1 Hz, 1H), 4.38-4.75(m, 3H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 9.66 (brs, 2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 267 (M+H)⁺.

Example 32(6R)-6-(methoxymethyl)-N-methyl-N-(1-methylpropyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-aminehydrochloride

To a solution of(6R)-8-benzyl-6-(methoxymethyl)-N-methyl-N-(1-methylpropyl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine(297 mg) in methanol (10 mL) was added 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (40 mg), and themixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 4 hr. Thereaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated underreduced pressure. To a solution of the obtained crude product in ethylacetate (10 mL) was added a 4 N hydrogen chloride-ethyl acetate solution(220 and the mixture was stirred for 1 hr. The reaction mixture wasfiltered, and the obtained crystals were washed with ethyl acetate togive the title compound (141 mg, 55%).

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ0.69-0.81 (m, 3H), 1.04-1.14 (m, 3H), 1.45-1.63 (m,2H), 2.82 (s, 3H), 3.34-3.42 (m, 4H), 3.46-3.69 (m, 3H), 4.17 (d, J=15.1Hz, 1H), 4.38-4.63 (m, 3H), 7.80-7.95 (m, 1H), 9.64 (brs, 2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 282 (M+H)⁺.

Example 33(6R)-6-(methoxymethyl)-N-methyl-N-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-aminehydrochloride

To a solution of(6R)-8-benzyl-6-(methoxymethyl)-N-methyl-N-propyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine(465 mg) in methanol (10 mL) was added 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (50 mg), and themixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 3 hr. Thereaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated underreduced pressure. To a solution of the obtained crude product in ethylacetate (10 mL) was added a 4 N hydrogen chloride-ethyl acetate solution(359 μL), and the mixture was stirred for 1 hr. The reaction mixture wasfiltered, and the obtained crystals were washed with ethyl acetate togive the title compound (223 mg, 56%).

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ0.86 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H), 1.47-1.63 (m, 2H), 3.02 (s,3H), 3.23-3.69 (m, 9H), 4.16 (d, J=14.8 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (d, J=15.1 Hz,1H), 4.52-4.62 (m, 1H), 7.84 (s, 1H), 9.78 (brs, 2H).

Example 34(6R)-6-(methoxymethyl)-3-[2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepinehydrochloride

To a solution of(6R)-8-benzyl-6-(methoxymethyl)-3-[2-(methoxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl]-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepine(329 mg) in methanol (10 mL) was added 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (40 mg), and themixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 3 hr. Thereaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated underreduced pressure. To a solution of the obtained crude product in ethylacetate (10 mL) was added a 4 N hydrogen chloride-ethyl acetate solution(227 μL), and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. The reaction mixturewas filtered, and the obtained crystals were washed with ethyl acetateto give the title compound (155 mg, 54%).

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.85-2.08 (m, 4H), 3.21-3.45 (m, 10H), 3.45-3.69 (m,4H), 4.12-4.25 (m, 2H), 4.43 (d, J=15.1 Hz, 1H), 4.51-4.61 (m, 1H), 7.74(s, 1H), 9.81 (brs, 2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 309 (M+H)⁺.

Example 35(6R)—N-cyclobutyl-6-(methoxymethyl)-N-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-aminehydrochloride

To a solution of(6R)-8-benzyl-N-cyclobutyl-6-(methoxymethyl)-N-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepin-3-amine(390 mg) in methanol (10 mL) was added 20% Pd(OH)₂/C (50 mg), and themixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere at 50° C. for 6 hr. Thereaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated underreduced pressure. To a solution of the obtained crude product in ethylacetate (10 mL) was added a 4 N hydrogen chloride-ethyl acetate solution(291 μL), and the mixture was stirred for 5.5 hr. The reaction mixturewas filtered, and the obtained crystals were washed with ethyl acetateto give the title compound (206 mg, 62%).

¹H-NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ1.58-1.73 (m, 2H), 2.07-2.27 (m, 4H), 2.99 (s, 3H),3.28-3.42 (m, 8H), 3.46-3.68 (m, 3H), 4.17 (d, J=15.1 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (d,J=15.1 Hz, 1H), 4.53-4.63 (m, 1H), 4.65-4.80 (m, 1H), 7.83 (s, 1H), 9.82(brs, 2H).

ESI-MS (free base): m/z 279 (M+H)⁺.

Formulation Example 1

(1) The compound of Example 1 10 mg (2) Lactose 60 mg (3) Cornstarch 35mg (4) Hydroxypropylmethylcellulose  3 mg (5) Magnesium stearate  2 mg

A mixture of 10 mg of the compound obtained in Example 1, 60 mg oflactose and 35 mg of corn starch is granulated using 0.03 mL of a 10 wt% aqueous hydroxypropylmethylcellulose solution (3 mg ashydroxypropylmethylcellulose), and then dried at 40° C. and sieved. Theobtained granules are mixed with 2 mg of magnesium stearate andcompressed. The obtained uncoated tablets are sugar-coated with anaqueous suspension of sucrose, titanium dioxide, talc and gum arabic.The thus-coated tablets are glazed with beeswax to give finally-coatedtablets.

Formulation Example 2

(1) The compound of Example 1 10 mg (2) Lactose 70 mg (3) Cornstarch 50mg (4) Soluble starch  7 mg (5) Magnesium stearate  3 mg

The compound (10 mg) obtained in Example 1 and 3 mg of magnesiumstearate are granulated with 0.07 mL of an aqueous solution of solublestarch (7 mg as soluble starch), dried, and mixed with 70 mg of lactoseand 50 mg of corn starch. The mixture is compressed to give tablets.

Reference Formulation Example 1

(1) Rofecoxib  5.0 mg (2) Sodium chloride 20.0 mg (3) Distilled wateramount to make total volume 2.0 mL

Rofecoxib (5.0 mg) and 20.0 mg of sodium chloride are dissolved indistilled water, and water is added to make the total volume 2.0 mL. Thesolution is filtered, and filled into 2 mL of ampoule under sterilecondition. The ampoule is sterilized, and then sealed to give a solutionfor injection.

Reference Formulation Example 2

(1) Rofecoxib 50 mg (2) Lactose 34 mg (3) Cornstarch 10.6 mg  (4)Cornstarch (paste)  5 mg (5) Magnesium stearate 0.4 mg  (6) Calciumcarboxymethylcellulose 20 mg total 120 mg 

The above-mentioned (1) to (6) are mixed according to a conventionalmethod and the mixture is tableted by a tableting machine to give atablet.

Formulation Example 3

The formulation prepared in Formulation Example 1 or 2, and theformulation prepared in Reference Formulation Example 1 or 2 arecombined.

Experimental Example 1

The serotonin 5-HT_(2C) receptor agonist activity of the compound of thepresent invention was evaluated based on the changes in theintracellular calcium concentration by the following method. Aftertranscription, 5-HT_(2C) undergoes RNA editing of the secondintracellular loop, which results in the change of three amino acids and14 receptor isoforms. 5-HT_(2C) stably expressing CHO cell thatexpresses VSV type of the isoform stably was purchased from EuroscreenS.A., and cultured in UltraCHO (BioWhittaker) medium containing 1%dialyzed bovine serum and 400 μg/mL G418. The cells were plated in a384-well black clear bottom plate (PE Biosystems) at 5000 cells/well,and cultured for 24 hr in a CO₂ incubator, and changes in theintracellular calcium concentration mediated by the 5-HT_(2C) receptorwere evaluated using Calcium Kit-Fluo 3 (Dojindo Laboratories). Acalcium kit buffer containing 2.5 mM probenecid, 0.04% Pluronic F-127and 2.5 μg Fluo-3 AM (calcium indicator fluorescent dye) was preparedand used as a Fluo-3 loading solution (contained in Dojindo LaboratoriesCalcium Kit). The loading solution was incubated at 37° C., the mediumin the wells of the cell culture plate was removed, and the loadingsolution was added to each well by 40 μL. The cells were reacted at 37°C. for 1 hr to allow uptake of Fluo-3 AM into the cells and washed.

The compound of the present invention was diluted with a calcium kitbuffer, and dispensed to each well of the 384-well plate (REMP) by 40 μLto give a test compound plate. The cell culture plate and test compoundplate were set on a Fluometric Imaging Plate Reader (FLIPR, MolecularDevices), and changes in the intracellular calcium concentration weremeasured. An increase in the fluorescence intensity of Fluo-3 matcheswith an increase in the intracellular calcium concentration mediated bya receptor. The changes in the intracellular fluorescence intensity weremeasured every second with a CCD camera of FLIPR and, after measurementfor 5 seconds before addition of the compound, a diluted solution of thecompound of the present invention was added by 20 μL to each well of thecell culture plate using an automatic dispenser in FLIPR.

The agonist activity was evaluated based on the difference in thefluorescence level obtained by subtracting the fluorescence intensitybefore addition of the compound from the maximum fluorescence intensityafter the addition thereof. The results are shown in Table 1. Theactivity of the test compound is shown by the ratio (%) relative to themaximum response by 5-HT.

TABLE 1 Example No. of test ratio (%) relative to maximum compoundresponse by 5-HT (1 μM) 2 93 5 95 6 102 7 108 8 95 9 103 10 89

Experimental Example 2

The oral absorbability of the compound of the present invention can beevaluated by the bioavailability after oral administration as shownbelow.

The compound of the present invention is intravenously and orallyadministered to IGS rats. The rat plasma samples are prepared after theserial blood sampling. The plasma concentration is measured using aliquid chromatograph-tandem mass spectrometry (LC/MS/MS), andbioavailability by oral administration is calculated from the ratio ofarea under curves.

Experimental Example 3

The phototoxicity of the compound of the present invention is evaluatedby measuring the cell viability between light irradiation andnon-irradiation according to the following method, or the methoddescribed in OECD Guideline for testing of chemicals: 432 in vitro 3T3NRU phototoxicity test (Apr. 13, 2004) or a method analogous thereto.

Mouse embryonic cell line BALB/3T3 clone A31 cells are seeded in DMEM(Dulbecco's Modified Eagle Medium) containing 10% calf serum in a 384well plate at 2.5×10³ cells/well, and cultured in an incubator at 37°C., 5% CO₂ for 1 day. The culture medium is removed, the compound of thepresent invention dissolved in EBSS (Earle's Balanced Salt Solution)containing 10 mM HEPES (4-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1-piperazineethanesulfonicacid) buffer is added, and the mixture is cultured in an incubator at37° C., 5% CO₂ for 1 hr, and subjected to a light irradiation treatmentusing a solar simulator (SXL-2500V2, Seric). As a control, anon-irradiation treatment group is prepared. The compound is removed,DMEM containing 10% calf serum is added, and the mixture is cultured inan incubator at 37° C., 5% CO₂ for 1 day. The ATP content of the cell isquantified using ATPLite™-M (PerkinElmer), and the cell viability iscompared between the non-irradiation group and the irradiation group.

Experimental Example 4

The phototoxicity of the compound of the present invention is evaluatedby determining the presence or absence of skin reaction upon lightirradiation using the following method, or the methods shown in citedreferences (e.g., (1) Forbes, P. D., Urbach, F. and Davies, R. E.(1977). Phototoxicity Testing of Fragrance Raw Materials. Fd. Cosmet.Toxicol., Vol. 15, pp. 55-60, (2) Sambuco, C. P. and Forbes, P. D.(1984). Quantitative Assessment of Phototoxicity in the Skin of HairlessMice. Fd. Chem. Toxic., Vol. 22, no. 3, pp. 233-236 etc.) according toGuidance for Industry: photosafety testing; May 2003 issued by U.S. Deptof Health and Human Services Food and Drug Administration (CDER),Rockville (Md.).

The compound of the present invention is suspended in methylcellulosesolution and orally administered to female hairless mice (Hos:HR-1,about 8-week-old, body weight 10-30 g) at doses up to 2000 mg/kg. Afterthe administration, the mice are anesthetized by intraperitonealadministration of an aqueous chloral hydrate solution (60 mg/mL, about0.15 mL/mouse). The mouse is fixed at the prone position, and the wholebody is covered with an aluminum foil with an about 1.3 cm (diameter)hole. Ultraviolet ray corresponding to 0.5 MED (minimal erythema dose)generated by a solar light irradiation system (SXL-5009V1, Seric) isstarting at a time corresponding to Tmax of the compound of the presentinvention over the mid-dorsum through the hole (about 1.3 cm indiameter) for 0.5 hr. The presence or absence of a skin reaction at theirradiated part of the mouse is observed for 3 days from theirradiation, and the phototoxicity of the compound of the presentinvention is evaluated. For evaluation, the skin reaction observationresults of the 0.5 w/v % methylcellulose solution oral administrationgroup are used as a negative control and those of the lomefloxacinhydrochloride 100 mg/kg oral administration group are used as a positivecontrol.

Experimental Example 5

The effect of the compound of the present invention for stress urinaryincontinence can be measured by comparing the leak point pressure beforeand after the administration of the compound as shown below.

SD female rats (body weight 180-350 g) are anesthetized with urethane(Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and the spinal cord is cut atT8-9 level to eliminate the micturition reflex. During the operation,halothane (Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited) anesthesia is added asnecessary. The rats are fixed at a dorsal position, and two catheters(PE-100; Clay Adams) are indwelled in the bladder. One of the cathetersis filled with saline stained with Evans Blue dye (Merck), and connectedto a 50 ml syringe (TERUMO CORPORATION) fixed on an infusion pump (KDScientific) via a three-way cock. The other catheter is connected to apressure transducer (DX-100; NIHON KOHDEN CORPORATION), and signals ofthe transducer are transmitted to computer via an amplifier (bloodpressure amplification unit AP-641G; NIHON KOHDEN CORPORATION) and adata analyzer (BIOPAC; MP100), and recorded on a hard disk. The data isanalyzed on the computer using a software (BIOPAC; AcqKnowledge). Salineis injected into the bladder using the infusion pump at a rate of 360ml/hr, infusion is stopped on the moment fluid leakage from the urethralmeatus is observed, and the solution in the bladder is discharged byopening the three-way cock. The maximum intravesical pressure duringinfusion is taken as a leak point pressure, which is measured repeatedlyuntil the value is stabilized, and the average value of the last threemeasures is taken as the data. The compound of the present invention isdissolved in DMA/PEG400 (1:1) and intravenously administered at 0.5mL/kg. The leak point pressure is compared before and after theadministration.

Experimental Example 5a

The effect of the compound of the present invention for stress urinaryincontinence was measured by comparing the leak point pressure beforeand after the administration of the compound as shown below.

SD female rats (body weight 200-270 g) were anesthetized with urethane(Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and the spinal cord was cut atT8-9 level to eliminate the micturition reflex. During the operation,isoflurane anesthesia was added as necessary. The rats were fixed at adorsal position, and two catheters (PE-100; Clay Adams) were indwelledin the bladder. One of the catheters was filled with saline stained withEvans Blue dye (Merck), and connected to a 50 ml syringe (TERUMOCORPORATION) fixed on an infusion pump (KD Scientific) via a three-waycock. The other catheter was connected to a pressure transducer (DX-100;NIHON KOHDEN CORPORATION), and signals of the transducer weretransmitted to computer via an amplifier (blood pressure amplificationunit AP-641G; NIHON KOHDEN CORPORATION) and a data analyzer (BIOPAC;MP100), and recorded on a hard disk. The data was analyzed on thecomputer using a software (BIOPAC; AcqKnowledge).

A DMA/PEG400 (1:1) solution was intravenously administered to the ratsat 0.5 mL/kg. From 10 min later, saline was injected into the bladderusing the infusion pump at a rate of 360 ml/hr, infusion was stopped onthe moment fluid leakage from the urethral meatus was observed, and thesolution in the bladder was discharged by opening the three-way cock.The maximum intravesical pressure during infusion was taken as a leakpoint pressure, which was measured repeatedly until the value wasstabilized, and the average value of the last three measures was takenas the data. The compounds of Examples 5 and 8 were dissolved inDMA/PEG400 (1:1) and intravenously administered at 0.5 mL/kg, and theleak point pressure was compared before and after the administration.Williams test was used for statistical calculation. The results areshown in Tables 2 and 3.

TABLE 2 dose Change in leak point group (mg/kg, i.v.) n pressure (cmH₂O)solvent 0 20 −0.2 ± 0.5  compound of 0.03 5  5.2 ± 1.7* Example 5 0.1 5 9.1 ± 1.3* 0.3 5 13.6 ± 2.4* 1 5 19.6 ± 1.9* *P < 0.025, differencefrom solvent group was tested by comparison (one-side test, Williamstest)

TABLE 3 dose Change in leak point group (mg/kg, i.v.) n pressure (cmH₂O)solvent 0 20 −0.2 ± 0.5  compound of 0.1 5  5.4 ± 1.6* Example 8 0.3 510.8 ± 3.3* 1 5 17.3 ± 3.4* 3 5 23.6 ± 3.3* *P < 0.025, difference fromsolvent group was tested by comparison (one-side test, Williams test)

Experimental Example 6

The effect of the compound of the present invention for obesity can bemeasured using the food consumption calculated as follows as an index.

Male F344 rats (CLEA Japan, Inc.) are purchased at 5 weeks of age, andraised by groups on a solid high-fat diet with fat content 45 kcal %(D12451, Research Diets). When sufficient obesity is observed (40 to60-week-old), they are housed individually, and given a powder high-fatdiet with fat content 45 kcal % (D12451M, Research Diets) in a feeder.The rats are grouped using body weight and food consumption (18:00-8:00)one day before administration as indices. The compound of the presentinvention is dissolved in 0.5% methylcellulose solution, andadministered by gavage at a dose of 2 mL/kg at 18:00. A 0.5%methylcellulose solution is administered to the control group. Afterdrug administration, a previously weighed feeder is placed in thebreeding cage. The feeder is weighed 3, 14 and 24 hr after theadministration and the food consumption is calculated (Williams test ort-test).

Experimental Example 6a

The effect of the compound of the present invention for obesity wasmeasured using the food consumption calculated as follows as an index.

Male F344 rats (CLEA Japan, Inc.) were purchased at 5 weeks of age, andraised by groups on a solid high-fat diet with fat content 45 kcal %(D12451, Research Diets). When sufficient obesity was observed (40 to60-week-old), they were raised singly, and given a powder high-fat dietwith lipid content 45 kcal % (D12451M, Research Diets) in a feeder. Therats were grouped using body weight and food consumption (18:00-8:00)one day before administration as indices. The compound of Example 5 wasdissolved in 0.5% methylcellulose solution at a concentration of 0.5mg/mL, and administered by gavage at a dose of 2 mL/kg at 18:00. A 0.5%methylcellulose solution was administered to the control group. Afteradministration, a previously-weighed feeder was placed in the breedingcage. The feeder was weighed 24 hr after the administration and the foodconsumption was calculated. The compound of Example 5 suppressed foodconsumption by 21.8% as compared to the control group.

Experimental Example 6b

The effect of the compound of the present invention for obesity wasmeasured using high-fat diet-loaded rats based on the effects on bodyweight and food consumption.

38 to 60-week-old male F344 rats (DIO-F344 rat) raised on a 42 kcal %fat high-fat diet (D12451, Research Diets) from 7 weeks of age wereused. They were grouped based on the body weight one day beforeoperation. The compound of Example 8 was dissolved in saline, filled inan osmotic pump (Alzet osmotic pump 2ML2 type), and subcutaneouslyimplanted under isoflurane anesthesia. The body weight was measured oncompletion of the operation, and measured again at 14 dayspostoperation. In addition, the amount of remaining food was measured,and food consumption for 14 days was measured. For statisticalcalculation, Williams test was used. The results are shown in Table 4.

TABLE 4 food dose body weight consumption/ group (mg/kg/day) n loss (%)14 days (g) solvent 0 10 3.5 ± 0.6 155 ± 5 compound of 3 10 4.8 ± 0.5150 ± 7 Example 8 10 10 4.9 ± 0.3 140 ± 6 30 10  7.5 ± 0.3*  110 ± 2* *P< 0.025, difference from solvent group was tested by comparison(one-side test, Williams test).

Experimental Example 7

The effect of the compound of the present invention for organ prolapsecan be measured by examining the enhancement of urethral closure responsby pelvic floor muscles (iliococcygeal muscle, pubococcygeal muscleetc.) induced by an increased intravesical pressure, by compoundadministration.

Female SD rats (body weight 200-310 g) are anesthetized with urethane(Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and the spinal cord is transectedat T8-9 level to eliminate the micturition reflex. During the operation,halothane (Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited) anesthesia is addedwhen necessary. After abdominal section, bladder neck is ligated with asuture thread, and then the hypogastric nerve and pudendal nerve arebilaterally transected. A catheter (PE-90, Clay Adams) is placed in thebladder, and the other end of the bladder catheter is connected to apressure transducer and a water reservoir (60 ml syringe) of saline viaa three-way cock. A microtip transducer catheter (SPR-524, MillarInstruments Inc.) is inserted toward the bladder from the urethralorifice, and adjusted using a scale on the catheter surface so that thetransducer part is positioned in the urethra at 10.0-15.0 mm from theurethral orifice.

The changes in the topical pressure within the urethra (hereinafterconveniently indicated as urethral pressure) as measured by the microtiptransducer is transmitted to a computer via an amplifier (blood pressureamplification unit AP-641G; NIHON KOHDEN) and a data analyzer (MP-100;biopack; sampled at 500 Hz), and recorded on a hard disc. Theintravesical pressure is rapidly increased to 50 cmH₂O for 30 sec bysetting the position of the water reservoir of saline at 50 cm higher,and changes in the urethral pressure are observed. The reaction of theurethra induced by an increased intravesical pressure is measured 3times, and the average of the last 2 measures is taken as the valuebefore drug administration. The evaluation item is reflex urethralclosure response, and the recorded values are subjected to smoothingprocess at 500 points to calculate an average urethral pressure per 1sec, after which the value immediately before increase in theintravesical pressure is subtracted from the maximum value on increasein the intravesical pressure and taken as the urethral closure response.After measurement of the value before drug administration, the compoundof the present invention is dissolved inN,N-dimethylformamide/polyethylene glycol 400 (1:1) and administeredintravenously at a rate of 0.5 ml/kg, and the urethral closure responseis evaluated again 10 min later.

Experimental Example 7a

The effect of the compound of the present invention for organ prolapsewas measured by examining the enhancement of urethral closure respons bypelvic floor muscles (iliococcygeal muscle, pubococcygeal muscle etc.)induced by an increased intravesical pressure, by compoundadministration.

The enhancing action of the compound on urethral closure respons inducedby an increased intravesical pressure was measured using female spinalcord-transected rats with bilaterally transected hypogastric nerve andpudendal nerve.

SD female rats (body weight 246-298 g) were anesthetized with urethane,and the spinal cord was cut at T8-9 level to eliminate the micturitionreflex. During the operation, isoflurane anesthesia was added asnecessary. After abdominal section, bladder neck was ligated with asuture thread, and then the hypogastric nerve and pudendal nerve werebilaterally transected. A catheter was placed in the bladder, and theother end of the bladder catheter was connected to a pressure transducerand a water reservoir (60 ml syringe) of saline via a three-way cock. Amicrotip transducer catheter (SPR-524, Millar Instruments Inc.) wasinserted toward the bladder from the urethral orifice, and adjustedusing a scale on the catheter surface so that the transducer part ispositioned in the urethra at 10.0-15.0 mm from the urethral orifice. Thechanges in the topical pressure within the urethra (hereinafterconveniently indicated as urethral pressure) as measured by the microtiptransducer was transmitted to a computer via an amplifier and a dataintake device, and recorded on a hard disc.

The intravesical pressure was rapidly increased to 50 cmH₂O for 30 secby setting the position of the water reservoir of saline at 50 cmhigher, and changes in the urethral pressure were observed. The reactionof the urethra induced by an increased intravesical pressure wasmeasured repeatedly until the value is stabilized, and the average ofthe last 2 measures was taken as the value before drug administration.The evaluation item was reflex urethral closure response, and an averageurethral pressure upon intravesical pressure increase was calculated,after which the value immediately before increase in the intravesicalpressure was subtracted and taken as the urethral closure response.

After measurement of the value before drug administration, the compoundsof Examples 5 and 8 were dissolved in saline and administeredintravenously at a rate of 1.0 ml/kg, and the urethral closure responsewas evaluated again 10 min later. The changes in the urethral closurerespons of the present compound administration group and the salineadministration group from the values before drug administration areshown in Table 5.

TABLE 5 urethral closure respons dose (ratio relative to value group(mg/kg, i.v.) n before administration) saline 0 4 94.5 ± 9.4  compoundof 1 3 227 ± 32** Example 5 compound of 1 4 192 ± 13** Example 8 **P <0.01, (two-side test, Dunnett-test)

INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY

Since the present compound has a superior serotonin 5-HT_(2C) receptoractivating action, they are useful as drugs for the prophylaxis ortreatment of any serotonin 5-HT_(2C)-related diseases, for example,lower urinary tract symptom, obesity and/or organ prolapse and the like.

This application is based on a patent application No. 2009-142673 filedin Japan, the contents of which are incorporated in full herein.

1.3-(3-Ethylmorpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepineor a salt thereof.
 2. A pharmaceutical composition comprising3-(3-Ethylmorpholin-4-yl)-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrazino[2,3-f][1,4]oxazepineor a salt thereof and a pharmacologically acceptable carrier.